ESTABUSHEDkm-  IN  1802. 


"If 


^coVill  Nj^ufactoiqg  Go., 


-♦--♦--♦--♦-■♦-#--#--l^-#--#-^^-€^ 


M/!(UFACTUpS,  IMPOpi^S  &  DE^LEIg 


IIT  ALL  ABTICLSS  FE&TAXNXNa  TO 


PHOTOGRAPHY 


423  Broome  St., 


-B- 


-H- 


SEPTEMEEB,  1884. 


-H-  -H  H- 


W.  IRVING-  ADAMS,  Agent. 


-H-    -H-    -H-  -H- 


-H-    -H-  -H"  -H- 


FACTORIES: 

Waterbury,  Conn. 

New  Haven,  Conn. 
New  York  City 


RiSAD  GARBFULLiY! 


The  goods  enumerated  in  this  Catalogue  can  be 
purchased  from  any  dealer  in  Photographic  requisites 
in  this  country,  Great  Britain,  Australia,  the  West 
Indies,  or  in  Canada. 

Photographers  often  send  to  New  York  under  the 
supposition  that  dealers  charge  them  too  high  prices. 
They  will  see  by  the  prices  quoted  in  this  catalogue 
that  such  is  not  the  case.  On  the  other  hand  if  goods 
are  offered  to  them  lower  than  these  prices,  there  is 
good  ground  for  caution  in  buying,  because  good 
goods  cannot  be  supplied  for  less  money. 

As  the  values  of  certain  classes  of  goods  fluctuate 
frequently,  the  prices  in  this  Catalogue  are  subject  to 
change  without  notification. 

When,  our  goods  cannot  be  obtained  of  your  dealer, 
send  direct  to  us  for  them. 

Read  over  the  Index  to  this  Catalogue  carefully 
before  making  out  an  order,  so  that  nothing  which 
you  require  shall  be  omitted. 

New  Catalogues,  Circulars,  &c.,  will  be  mailed  to 
any  one  whose  address  is  handed  or  sent  to  us  with 
the  request  for  copies. 

Do  not  order  your  Cotton,  Poisonous  Chemicals, 
Liquids  or  Dry  Plates  to  be  forwarded  by  mail.  All 
goods  by  mail  sent  at  the  risk  of  customer. 

The  Photographic  Times  contains  a  description  of 
new  apparatus  or  goods  worthy  of  notice. 

SCOVILL  MANUFACTURING  CO. 

4z23  Broome  St.^  New  York. 
W.  IRVING  ADAMS,  Agent. 


TBRMS. 


Persons  unknown  to  us  desiring  goods  sent  C,  O. 
D.,  must  in  every  instance  remit  at  least  double  the 
amount  of  the  transportation  charges. 

Orders  for  shipment  per  freight  lines  must  be  ac- 
companied with  the  amount  of  invoice. 

New  customers  will  save  delay  in  their  orders  by 
giving  approved  references,  where  they  seek  to  es- 
tablish a  line  of  credit. 

As  prices  of  all  kinds  of  goods  fluctuate,  this  Cata- 
logue gives  their  value  at  the  date  of  issue. 

We  pack  with  the  utmost  care,  and  cannot  be  held 
accountable  for  breakage  in  transportation.  # 

SCOVILL  MANUFACTURING  CO. 

423  Broome  Street,  New  York. 

W.  IRVING  ADAMS,  Agent. 


INDEX. 


PAGE 

Albumen  Paper   119 

Sensitized   120 

Agate-Iron  Dishes   95 

"        Funnels   94 

Measures   94 

Pans   94 

Aniline  Blue   114 

American  Songster   117 

Albums,  for  Views.  123 

Baby  Charmer   117 

Backgrounds  and  Accessories .  .  128 
Bannerette  Stands  and  Rods. .  .  159 

Baths,  Glass   96 

"  Patent   71 

India  Rubber   102 

**      Porcelain   95 

Bromo  Argentic  Gelatino-Paper  120 

Brushes   113,  114 

Burnishers   104.  105,  106 

Camera  Attachments   45 

'*     Reversing  Attachments.  82 

"     Stands   78,79,80 

Tripods  80,  81,  83 

Cameras,  American  Optical  Co.'s. — 

Boston  Imperial   50 

Chicago  Card   47 

Copying  60,  61,  62 

Gem    46 

Imperial  or  Cabinet   49 

New  Victoria   48 

Nine  Tube  Multiplying   51 

Pantoscopic   57 

Portrait   44,  45 

Revolving  Back  54,  55 

Royal   50 

Standard  Portrait   58 

Gem   59 

Stereoscopic   56,  57 

View   52,  53 

Cameras,  New  Haven  — 

Acme  Portrait   74 

Card   77 

Cincinnati  Gem   77 

Imperial   74 

Standard  Portrait   76 

Victoria,  5  X  7. . .  75 

Stereoscopic   76 

Compact  View   75 

Cameras,  Holders  and  Kits  for. 63-65 


PAGE 

Cameras,  Pieces  for   65 

Card  Stock   5  to  33 

Cards,  Beveled  Edge   16 

"      Diagram   34  to  40 

Cepa  Skin   120 

Chairs  124,  125 

Changing  Box  for  Dry  Plate.  . .  70 

Chemicals   135,  136,  137 

Chromo-Photography  Materials  116 

Coal  Oil  Stoves   108 

Collodion   134 

Colors,  Dry   116 

"      Egyptian  Chemical   115 

Liquid  Water   115 

Moist  Water,  Cake  .. .  116 

Cotton,  Absorbent   133 

Filtering   133 

Cut-Outs  or  Medallion  Masks  .  112 

Dark  Tent   72 

Developing  Bottles   103 

Diamonds   101 

Diaphragms,  etc.,  for  Cameras.  65 

Drapery  Curtains   118 

Dry  Plates   141  to  155 

Easels,  Wire   156  to  158 

Egyptian  Transparency  Comp.  .  115 
Envelopes  for  Cartes   13 

Ferrotype  Holders   14 

Outfits   132,  133 

Plates   131  to  133 

Fichus   125 

Filters,  Collodion   99 

Flanges   93 

Focusing  Glasses   93 

Foregrounds,  Osborne's. .  .  127,  128 

Frames,  Transparency   131 

Formulas  for  Dry  Plates,  143  to  148 
148,  155. 

Gelatine  122,  123 

Gihon's  Opaque   114 

Glass  Bath  Boxes   71 

Baths   71,  96 

B.  P.  C   97 

Convex    99 

Chance's   98 

Forms  101 


PAGE 

Glass  Funnels   100 

'*     Graduates   100 

Mortars  and  Pestles   100 

Negative   99 

"     Orange   97 

"     Pans   97 

Rods   100 

•*     Ruby   99 

Glue   118 

Gun  Cotton   134 

Head  Rests  103,104 

Hydrometers   101 

India  Rubber  Ware  102 

Iodides  and  Bromides,  French .  134 
Ivy,  Artificial   125 

Japanned  Trays   102 

Lanterns — 

Scovill's  Non-Actinic   106 

W.  1.  A.  Ruby  107 

Carbutt's    107 

Lamps,  Alcohol  118 

Lens  Stops,  Flanges  and  Caps.  .  93 
Lenses,  Portrait...  88,89,90,91,92 

View  90,  92 

"      Copying   91 

Waterbury   91 

Gem   92 

Lockwood's  Photo.  Clips   117 

Manipulator,  The   101 

Mats,  East  India  Grass   125 

'*     Fancy  Paper   121 

Metallic  Protecting  Cases   129 

Negative  Boxes     87 

"        Preservers   121 

Washing  Boxes.  .108,  109 

Ormsbee's  Photo.  Washer   118 

Paper,  Albumen  and  other   119 

*'            "       Sensitized ....  120 

Blotting   119 

Bromo  Argentic  Gelatino  119 

Ferro-Prussiate  120,121 

"      Filtering   121 

Mats   11 

Onion   119 

*'     Sticking   120 

Tissue    120 

Parlor  Paste   122 

Pencils   114 

Picture  Cord,  Worsted   118 


PAGE 

Pile's  Silver  Test  Tube   101 

Pipettes   118 

Plate  Holders  63,  64,  65 

Plate  Holder,  Bonanza   66 

Dry  67,68 

Lifter   131 

Vises   86 

Porcelain  Baths   95 

Dippers   95 

"        Evaporating  Dishes. .  95 

Trays   96 

Headed  Nails   118 

Printing  Frames   83,  84,  85 

Pumps,  Syphon   118 

Retouching  Frames...   86 

"         Glasses   114 

Pencils   114 

Robinson's  Guides   110,  111 

**  Trimmers   110 

Rubber  Bands     118 

"      Gloves   101 

Ruby  Lanterns   107 

Registering  Slides   69 

Scales  and  Weights   118 

Scovill's  Photo.  Series,  1  to  14.  138 

Screw  Eyes   128 

Shears    118 

Standard  Picture  Frame   31 

Statue  Pedestal  Negatives   126 

Stops  ,   93 

Sundry  Apparatus   118 

Suspending  Rings   118 

Table  for  Enlargements   61 

Stands,  Jenny  Lind   104 

Terms   2 

Transparencies   131 

Tripods,  Field  Photography .  .80,  81 
Taylor  Tripod   83 

Varnish  Pot  and  Filterer   130 

Varnishes   134 

Vials,  Collodion    100 

View  Albums   123 

Vignette  Papers   Ill 

Vignetter,  Metallic   112,113 

Washing  Boxes   108,  109 

Waterbury  Finder   94 

Wedgwood  Mortars  and  Pestles,  100 
Wilson's  Photo.  Works.139, 140,  141 

Wire  Cord   119 

Holders  for   119 

Easels   156  to  162 


^  —  *^ 

A  A 


Price-L^ist 

of 


+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

PHOTOGRAPHIC 
CARD  STOCK 


+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

1  + 

of  the  Manufacture  of 


A.M.Collins,  Son  &  Co. 


1884 

it  it 

T  T 

J®,  ^ 


Digitized  by  tlie  Internet  Arcliive 
in  2014 


littps://archive.org/details/scovillmanufactuOOscov 


Index. 


PAGE 


Plain  White  Photograph  Card  Boards  5 

Plain  Tinted  Photograph  Card  Boards  6 

White  Plain  Photograph  Card  Boards,  Nos.  50,  51,  52  and  Nos.  8J  and  60   .  7 
Nos.  75  and  104,  Enameled  Face  Cards.    Nos.  74  and  72  Tinted  Face  ...  7 
Cards  with  Designs  in  Gilt,  and  India  Tint  and  Gilt,  Square  and  Oval  Open- 
ings, for  Promenade,  Cabinet  Size,  5x8,  4-4,  8x  10,  lox  12,  11  x  14  and 

14  X  17  Photographs  8  and  9 

Scale  of  Prices  for  Printing  Oval,  Rustic,  and  Single  Line  Squares,  and  Forms 

A,  B,  C,  D,  E,  F  10 

Scale  of  Prices  for  Lithographing  India  Tints  on  Plain  Card  Boards    .   .   .  .10 

White  and  Tinted  Paper  Mats  1 1 

Black  Mats  11 

Cards  and  Mats  for  Mounting  Chromos  II 

Ferrotype  Mats  and  Bon  Ton  Cards  12 

Fitzgibbon's  Patent  Adhesive  Ferrotype  Mounts  12 

Photograph  and  Ferrotype  Visiting  Cards  12 

Envelopes  for  Mailing  Mounted  Photographs  12 

The  Philadelphia  Carte,  Bon  Ton  and  Ferrotype  Envelopes  13 

Caterson's  Ferrotype  Holders  14 

Caterson's  Ferrotype  Cases  14 

Diagram  of  Sizes  of  Openings  of  Ferrotype  Mats,  Envelopes  and  Caterson's 
Holders  15 

No.  90,  Thick  Gilt  Beveled  Edge  Paper  Panel  Cards  16 

No.  90,  Gilt  Beveled  Edge  Cards  17 

Panel  Card  Boxes,  Plain  or  Easel  17 

No.  85  Plain  Beveled  Edge  Cards   17 

Nos.  43  and  43 J  Minette  18 

No.  19  Red  Beveled  Edge  Card  and  Cabinet  Mounts  18 


PAGE 

Nos.  19,  46,  43  and  26,  Thin  Gilt  Beveled  Edge  Card,  Victoria,  Cabinet, 
Promenade,  Panel,  Boudoir,  Imperial,  4J  x  5 J  and  5x8  Mounts    ...  18 

Nos.  26,  ^7,  97,  87,  65,  81  and  68  Thin  Gih  Beveled  Edge  Cards  19 

No.  26  Crescent,  Egg,  Palette,  Star,  Cross,  Triangle,  Bell,  Leaf  and  Heart 
Shape  Cards,  Medallion  5  and  7  inches  20 

Scale  of  Prices  for  Making  to  Order  Thin  Beveled  Edge  Cards,  Sizes  2J  x  4J 
to  16  X  20  21 

Cartes  de  Visite  Mounts  22 

Cartes  de  Visite  Mounts,  and  Gilding  Edges  23 

Cabinet  Cards  24 

Cabinet  Cards,  and  Gilding  Edges  25 

Clench's  Plaque  Cards  26 

Cartes  de  Visite  Mounts  and  Victoria  Mounts,  with  Slee's  Preparation    ...  26 

Cabinet  Cards,  with  Slee's  Preparation  27 

Price-list  of  Preparing  Cards,  from  Minette  Size  to  22  x  28,  with  Slee's 
Preparation  27 

Victoria  Mounts,  and  Gilding  Edges  28 

Cabinet  Panel  Cards  28 

Promenade  Cards  28 

Nos.  9  and  13,  Imperial,  Boudoir,  Panel  Cards  4x8 J,  4J  x  5 J,  and  No.  13 
Black  6J  X  8^  29 

Minette  Cards  29 

Stereoscope  Mounts,  and  Gilding  Edges  of  same  30 

The  Standard  Picture  Frames  31 

Scale  of  Prices  for  Lithographing  in  one  color,  Card,  Victoria,  Cabinet, 
Promenade,  Stereoscope  and  Panel  Mounts  32 

Scale  of  Prices  for  Printing  by  Letter-press,  Card,Victoria,  Cabinet,  Promenade 
and  Stereoscope  Mounts  and  Envelopes,  and  Cards  6 J  x  8 J  to  22  x  28. 
Also,  Thin  and  Thick  Beveled  Edge  Cards  33 

Diagram  of  Egg  and  Palette  34 

Diagram  of  Crescent  and  Star  35 

Diagram  of  Leaf  36 

Diagram  of  Triangle  37 

Diagram  of  Cross  38 

Diagram  of  Medallion  39 

Diagram  of  Bell  40 


PLAIN 

White  Photograph  Card  Boards 

PRICE  PER  ONE  ftUNDRED. 

SIZE  OF  CARDS. 

Double 
Ex.No.1 

Cv    Ma  1 

A  Nn  1 

No.l 

No.  2 

No  3 

36  X  50   

90  00 

24  X  70   

85  00 

24  X  50   

58  00 

30  X  40   

51  00 

38  00 

25  X  85,  25  X  30  .  .  .  . 

41  00 

31  00 

22  00 

17  00 

13  00 

22  X  28   

25  00 

18  00 

15  00 

13  50 

10  50 

7  50 

20  X  24   

22  00 

15  00 

12  50 

11  50 

9  00 

18  X  22,  17  X  21  .  .  .  . 

12  50 

10  50 

10  00 

8  00 

16x20,  15Jxl9i,  15x19, 

15  xl8  

9  50 

8  00 

7  00 

6  25 

14x18,14x17,14x16,13x16 

12  X  14  

7  50 

6  50 

5  75 

4  50 

11  xl4  

4  50 

3  75 

3  38 

2  63 

1  88 

10  xl2  

3  75 

3  13 

2  88 

2  25 

9x11  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 

3  00 

2  50 

2  25 

1  75 

1  25 

8  X  10  

2  50 

2  10 

1  90 

1  50 

7x9  

2  00 

1  65 

1  50 

1  15 

85 

QixSi  

1  80 

1  50 

1  35 

1  05 

75 

PRICE  PER  100. 

PRICE  PER  100. 

No.  41,  White  or  Tinted, 

No.  18,  White  or 

Tinted 

22  X  28   

22  00 

Enameled,  22  x  28  .  . 

20  00 

No.  86,  White,  22  x  28  . 

No.  35,  White  or  Tinted, 
22  X  28   

No.  47,  White  or  Tinted 

18  50 
13  00 

Extra  No.  1,  Black  or 
Chocolate,  22  x  28  .  . 
No..3i,  White,  " 

"6       "        "      .  • 
« 1  <?       "  " 

24  00 
3  50 

3  75 
5  25 
5  00 

4  75 

Enameled,  22  x  28  .  . 
No.  42,  White  or  Tinted 

14  00 

"  4 
B 

n 
u 

Enameled  Back,  22x28 

18  00 

5 


PLAIN 

Tinted  Photograph  Card  Boards 


SIZE  OF  CARDS. 

Per  100 

Extra  No. 

1,  Gray,  36  x  50   

a 

1,  Gray,  Light  Buff  or  Granite-Blue,  30  x 

40  . 

K/I  AA 

U 

1,  Gray,  Light  Buff  or  Tea,  25  x  35,  25  x 

30  . 

O  O    A  A 

33  UU 

u  u 

1,  Gray,  Light  Buff  or  Granite-Blue,  22  x 

28  . 

1  Q  AA 
lo  UU 

H  it 

1,  Gray,  20  x  24                              .  . 

1  K  AA 

lo  UU 

U  (( 

1,  Gray,  18  x  22,  17  x  21  

1 Q  nn 
lo  UU 

((  (( 

1,  Gray,  16  x  20,  15  x  18  

1  n  nn 
lU  UU 

1,  Gray,  14  x  18,  14  x  17,  13  x  16  and  12 

-I  A 

X  14 

o  UU 

a  it 

1,  Gray,  11  x  14  

4  50 

1,  Gray,  10  x  12  

3  75 

66  66 

1,  Gray,  9  x  11  

3  00 

66  66 

1,  Gray,  8  x  10  ...  

2  50 

66  66 

1,  Gray,  7x9  

2  00 

66  66 

1,  Gray,  6i  x  8J  

1  80 

PLAIN 

Tinted  Photograph  Card  Boards 

TEA,  GRAY,  LIGHT  BUFF,  DARK  BUFF,  DOVE,  PEARL,  GRANITE-BLUE, 
GRANITE-DRAB,  SLATE,  TERRA-GOTTA. 

PRICE  PER  100. 


SIZE  OF  CARDS. 

ANo.l 

No.1 

No.  2 

22x28   

15  00 

13  50 

10  50 

20x  24   

12  50 

11  50 

9  00 

18x22,17x21  

11  00 

10  00 

8  00 

16  X  20,  15J  X  19i,  15  X  19,  15  x  18  . 

8  00 

7  25 

6  50 

14  X  18,  14  X  17,  14  X  16,  13  x  16,  12  x  14 

6  50 

6  00 

4  50 

11  X  14  

3  75 

3  38 

2  63 

10  X  12  

3  13 

2  88 

2  25 

9x11  

2  50 

2  25 

1  75 

8  X  10  

2  10 

1  90 

1  50 

7x9  

1  65 

1  50 

1  15 

6i  X  8J  

1  50 

1  35 

1  05 

6 


White  Plain  Photograph  Card  Boards. 

Per  One  Hundred. 


SIZE  OF  CARDS. 

No.  50 

No.  51 

No.  52 

No.  8K 

No,  60 

25  X  35  

10  50 

9  50 

22  X  32   

8  50 

7  00 

22  X  28   

10  50 

6  75 

5  75 

7  00 

9  00 

20  X  24   

10  00 

6  25 

5  25 

18  X  22,  17  X  21  

8  00 

5  50 

4  50 

16  X  20,  15  X  18  *  . 

7  00 

5  25 

3  50 

14x18, 14x17, 14x16, 13x16, 12x14 

5  00 

3  25 

2  50 

11  X  14  

2  63 

1  70 

1  45 

10  X  12  

2  50 

1  55 

1  30 

9  X  11  

1  75 

1  13 

95 

8  X  10  

1  70 

1  05 

88 

7x9  

1  20 

75 

65 

6i  X  8i  

1  05 

70 

60 

Enameled  Face  Cards,  Plain  Back. 

Per  One  Hundred. 

No.  75,  Black  or  Chocolate,                                  30x40  65  00 

"  75,  Black  or  Chocolate,                                 25x35  28  00 

"   75,  Black,  Chocolate,  Tea,  Fawn,  Gray  or  Green,  22x28  8  50 

"104,     "         "         "      "         "      "      22x28  5  50 

Tinted  Face  Cards,  Plain  Back. 

Per  One  Hundred. 


No.  74,  Gray,  30  x  40  , 

35  00 

"  74,  ' 

'    25  X  35 

20  00 

"  74,  ' 

'    22  X  28 

8  50 

"  74,  ' 

'    20  X  24 

8  25 

"   74,  ' 

'    16  X  20 

6  00 

"  74,  ' 

'    13  X  16,  14  X 

17,  14  X 18  

4  25 

"  74,  ' 

'    11  X  14,  10  X 

12  

2  13 

"  74,  ' 

9x11,  8x 

10  

1  45 

«  . 

'    22  x  28    .  . 

7  50 

7 


Card  Boards,  with  India  Tints,  also 

WITH  Designs  in  Gilt  or  India  Tint'and 

GILT, 

SQUARE  OR  OVAL  OPENINGS. 

For  Promenade,  Cabinet,  5x8,  4-4, 8x10, 10x12, 11x14  and  14x17  Photographs. 

DESCRIPTION. 

Per  100 



No.  23,  11  X  14,  with  Plain  India  Tint,  6i  x  9J,  for  5  x  8 

5  00 

"   20,  11  X  14,  with  Plain  Square,  India  Tint,  8  x  lOi  . 

4  75 

"   21,  10  X  12,  with  Square,  Ornamented  India  Tint,  7x9 

4  25 

"    21, 14  X  17,  with  Square,  Ornamented  India  Tint,  9x11 

8  00 

21  16x20  with  Souare  Ornamented  India  Tint  12x15 

1 1  00 

X 1  \j\J 

Zij  io  X  ZZy  witn  oquare,  Urnamentea  Inaia  imt,  loxlb 

15  00 

"    12,  7  X  10,  White,  Light  Buff,  Gray,  Kose  or  Pearl, 

Gilt  Borders,  Square  Opening,  4i  x  7i  

2  25 

10,  8  X  10,  White,  Light  Buff,  Gray,  Eose  or  Pearl, 

Gilt  Borders,  Square  Opening,  4i  x  5f  

2  50 

15,  8  X  10,  Gilt  and  India  Tint,  Oval  Opening,  4i  x  5i, 

Square  Opening,  4i  x  6  ! 

3  50 

"   17,  8  X  10,  White,  India  Tint  and  Gilt,  Square  Opening 

4^  X  51  

3  25 

"   17,  10  X  12,  White,  India  Tint  and  Gilt,  Square  Open- 

4  50 

"   17,  10  X  12,  White,  Buff,  or  Pink  Enameled  Cards, 

Square  Opening  4J  x  5|  

5  00 

"   12,  8  X  10,  White,  Light  Buff,  Gray  or  Pearl,  Gilt 

Borders,  Square  Opening,  6x8  

3  00 

"   34,  8  X  10,  White,  Light  Buff,  Pearl  or  Gray,  India 

Tint  and  Gilt,  Square  or  Oval  Openings  5f  x  7f  . 

3  50 

"   12,  10  X  12,  White,  Light  Buff,  Gray  or  Pearl,  Gilt 

Borders,  Square  Opening,  6x8  

4  25 

"   29,  10  X  12,  Gilt  and  India  Tint,  Oval  or  Square 

5  00 

[For  the  Cost  of  Printing  Name  and  Address  on  the  above,  see  page  33.] 

8 


Card  Boards,  with  India  Tints,  &c. 

(CONTINUED.) 

DESCRIPTION. 

Per  100 

No.  31,  10  X  12,  Gilt  and  India  Tint,  Oval  and  Square 

5  00 

"   28,  11  X  14,  Gilt  and  India  Tint,  Square  Opening  6x8 

7  00 

"   12,  10  X  12,  White,  Light  Buff,  Gray  or  Pearl,  Gilt 
Borders,  Square  Opening,  7x9  

4  25 

"   11,  11  X  14,  White,  Light  Buff,  Gray  or  Pearl,  Gilt 
Borders,  Square  Opening,  8x10  

5  75 

"   30,  11  X  14,  India  Tint  and  Gilt,  Square  and  Oval 
Openings,  7Jx9i  

7  00 

"   11,  14  X  17,  White,  Light  Buff,  Gray  or  Pearl,  Gilt 
Borders,  Square  Openings,  9xllorl0xl3.   .  . 

10  00 

"   30,  14  X  17,  India  Tint  and  Gilt,  Square  Opening, 
7J  X  9J  

13  00 

"   32,  14  X  17,  India  Tint  and  Gilt,  Square  Opening, 
10  X  13  

13  00 

11,  16  X  20,  White,  Light  Buff,  Gray  or  Pearl,  Gilt 
Borders,  Square  Opening,  9xllorllxl4.   .  . 

11  00 

"   32,  16  X  20,  White  or  Pearl,  India  Tint  and  Gilt, 
Square  Opening,  10x13  

14  00 

"   40,  11  X  14,  India  Tint  and  Gilt  Borders,  7i  x  9f 

7  00 

40,  14  X  17,  India  Tint  and  Gilt  Borders,  9i  x  Hi 
Square  Opening  

13  00 

40,  16  x  20,  India  Tint  and  Gilt  Borders,  lOJ  x  13i 
Square  Opening  

14:50 

"   44,  20  X  24,  White,  Light  Buff  or  Gray,  Square  Open- 
ing 13i  x  16J  

20  00 

[For  the  Cost  of  Printing  Name  and  Address  on  the  above,  see  page  33.] 

9 


PRICE  PER  ONE  HUNDRED  FOR 


PRINTING  THE  FOLLOWING  FORMS  .IN  GiLT, 

WITH  OR  WITHOUT  IMPBINT. 


ON  CARDS 

ON  CARDS 

ON  CARDS 

ON  CARDS 

X  Z'A  to 

12  X  14  to 

15  X  18  to 

18  X  22  to 

11  X  li. 

1  4  v  1© 
it  X  io. 

i\3  X  ^u. 

99  Y  9fl 

SquareorOvaljPlainForms 

88 

2  00^ 

4  00 

6  50 

1  25 

2  50 

4  00 

6  50 

Forms  A,  B,  C,  D,  E,  F  . 

1  25 

2  50 

4  00 

For  less  than 

For  a  lot of 50 

For  a  lot  of  50 

For  a  lot of 50 

100  same 

or  less  deduct 

or  less  deduct 

or  less  deduct 

price. 

20  per  cent. 

25  per  cent. 

25  per  cent. 

follows : 


Rustic,  Oval,  or  Square,  Plain  Forms. 


12 

X  15 

9  xll 

74  X  94 

6  x8 

5  x7 

11 

X  14 

8i  X  101 

6i  X  7i 

44  X  64 

lOi 

X  13J 

Si  X  104 

7  x9 

54  X  74 

4  x6 

10 

xl2 

8  X  10 

64  X  84 

5  x8 

4i  X  51 

Form  D,  and  Form  E. 

44 

x7i 

6  x7 

5  x8 

7  x9 

8  xlO 

4 

X  6 

54  X  74 

6  x8 

74x94 

11   X  14 

4i 

x7f 

5ix7f 

64  X  84 

7ix9f 

Sizes  of  Openings. 


For  Form  A, 
A, 
B, 
C, 
C, 
F, 


6  x8 
6  x8 
4  x6 
2Jx34 
24x4 
4ix5i 


5  x8  54x74 
54x74 


5x7 


5  x8     5i-x7J  6x8 


Square. 
Oval. 

Square  or  Oval. 
Oval. 
Square. 
Square. 


SCALE  OF  PRICES  PER  100  FOR 

Tinting  Cards  with  Plain  India  Tints. 

Engraving  Imprint  to  appear  in  White  in  tile  Tint,  $1,75  for  tiie  first  order.    For  Imprinting  Name 
and  Address  by  Letter-Press,  see  page  33. 


SIZE  OF  CARDS. 
FROM 

64  X  84  to  11  X  14  . 
12  X  14  to  14  X  17  . 
15  X  18  to  18  X  22  . 
20  X  24  to  22  X  28  . 


IN  LOTS  OF 


100 


4  15 
4  25 
k  80 
I?  20 


200 


3  20 
3  37 
3  70 
5  20 


300 


2  30 

3  05 

3  30 

4  55 


400 


2  05 

2  35 

3  05 

4  20 


500 


1  87 

2  15 

2  88 

3  85 


600  or 
700 


1  80 

2  05 

2  80 

3  55 


800  or 
900 


1  60 

1  95 

2  38 

3  20 


1000 


1  45 

1  85 

2  10 

3  10 


10 


Paper  Mats. 

The  following  Prices  apply  to  the  Color  of  Cards  and  Sizes  of  Openings  herein 
enumerated.  Any  deviation  in  orders  from  this  list,  will  necessitate  an  in- 
crease in  the  Prices  over  those  mentioned  below. 


Oval  Opening's.    Cards,  White,  Gray  or 
Light  Buff. 


Cards  11  x  14,  Openings  7  x  9,  7i  x  9J,  8  x  10  .... 

Cards  10  x  12,  Openings  5  x  7,  5J  x  7},  5i  x  71,  6  x  8, 
6i  X  8J,  7  X  9,  7*  X  9J,  8  X  10  .  

Cards  8  x  10,  Openings  2i  x  3i,  2i  x  3^,  3  x  4,  3  x  4|, 
5i  X  4i,  3i  X  5,  31  X  5i,  4i  x  5J,  4  x  6,  4i  x  6, 
4i  X  6i,  5  X  7,  5i  X  7i,  di  x  7i,  5f  x  71,  6  x  8  . 

Square  or  Arch  Top  Openings,  White,  Gray 
or  liight  Buff  Cards. 


Cards  10  x  12,  Openings  5  x  7,  5i  x  7J,  6  x  8,  6J  x  8J, 
7x9,  7Jx  9^,8x10  

Cards  8  x  10,  Openings  2i  x  3i,  2i  x  3J,  3J  x  4J,  3i  x  5, 
3fx5i,  4x6,  4Jx6,  4J  x  6i,  5x7,  5J  x  7i, 

  5i  X  7i  5i  X  7i,  6  X  8  .   .  . 


BLACK  Paper  Mats.-a. 


On  Cards  10x12,  $3.00  per  100 

On  Cards  8x  10,  $2.25  per  100 

Oval  or  Square 

Arch  Top 

Oval  or  Square 

Arch  Top 

Openings. 

Openings. 

Openings. 

Openings. 

6  x8 

6i  X  8i 

3J  X  5 

31  X  6i 

6J  X  8i 

7  x9 

3f  X  5i 

4i  X  6i 

7  x9 

7J  X  9i 

X  6J 

6  x7 

6  x7 

7i  X  9i 

8  xlO 

5i  X  7J 

8   X  10 

6  x8 

Cards  and  Mats  for  Mounting  Chromos. 

Per  One  Thousand. 


White,  Buff,  Pearl  and  Gray  Cards,  9  x  11,  Blue  Border  . 

Black  Cards,  9  x  11,  Gilt  Border  

Black  Mats — B.  Cards  8x10,  5x7  Oval,  Square  and  A.  T. 
Openings,  also  5i  x  7J  Oval  Openings  


Per  100 

3  50 
1  30 


Per  100 
1  30 

1  05 


6  25 
9  00 

10  50 


11 


FERROTYPE  MATS. 

Per  One  Thousand. 


No.  2,  White,  Gray  or  Buff  Cards,  Red  Borders    .   .   .  . 

Nos.  3,  4,  4J,  5,  6,  Oval  Openings.  Nos.  9  and  10,  Arch 
Top  Openings,  White,  Buff,  or  Gray  Cards,  with  Gilt 
or  Red  Borders  


No  11  BON  TON  CARDS,  Sysx4V8. 

Per  One  Thousand. 
OVAL  AND  ARCH  TOP  OPENINGS,  2x3^. 

White  Cards,  Gilt  Borders,  Buff  Cards,  Red  Borders,  ....  2  50 


FiTZGiBBON^s  Patent  Adhesive  Ferrotype  Mounts. 

Per  One  Thousand. 


Nos.  3,  4,  4i,  5, 6,  Oval  Openings,  BufF  Cards,  Red  Borders 
"    9  and  10,  Arch  Top  " 


3  25 
3  25 


Photograph  and  Ferrotype  Visiting  Cards. 

Per  One  Thousand. 


With  One  Opening,  on  White  Bristol  Cards,  2x3^. 
"     Two  Openings, "     "        "  "     2i  x  4  . 


3  00 
3  75 


Envelopes  for  Mailing  Photographs. 

Per  One  Thousand. 


DESCRIPTION. 

No.  sm 

BufT. 

No.  248 
White. 

No,  7015 
Buff. 

Granite- 
Blue. 

Olive  or 
Fawn 
Antique. 

For  Imperial  Size   .  . 

8  25 

8  25 

9  50 

"    Boudoir    "     •  • 

8  00 

8  00 

9  25 

"    Panel  "4x8ij 

5  50 

5  50 

6  50 

"    Cabinet     "     .  . 

,   4  75 

5  25 

6  00 

5  50 

7  50 

"    Card        "     .  . 

2  40 

2  60 

3  00 

3  00 

4  00 

"    Promenade"    .  . 

5  50 

[For  Imprinting  Name  and  Address,  see  page  33.] 


12 


Philadelphia  Carte  Envelopes. 

DESCRIPTION. 

Pert  000 

No.  20,  Cabinet  or  Imperial  Size,  Pink,  Arch  Top  Openings 
3i  X  51  

15  00 

i( 

21,  Half  Size,  Pink,  Round  Corner  Openings,  3i  x  4i 

12  50 

(( 

22,  Victoria  Size,  Pink,  Oval  Openings,  2f  x  3f ,  Round 
Corner  Openings  2f  x  4  

10  00 

u 

23,  Card  Size,  Side  Flap,  Embossed,  Oval  Openings, 
2  X  3i,  Buff,  Pink,  Green  or  White   

6  00 

a 

24,  Card  Size,  Side  Flap,  Embossed,  Arch  Top  Openings 
2  X  3i,  Buff,  Pink,  Green  or  White  

6  00 

27,  Gem  Size,  Side  Flap,  Embossed,  Oval  Openings, 
11  X  2i,  Buff,  Pink,  Green  or  White  

5  00 

28,  Gem  Size,  Side  Flap,  Embossed,  Arch  Top  Openings 
If  X  2i',  Buff,  Pink,  Green  or  White  

5  00 

u 

17,  Buff,  or  Rose,  Oval  or  Arch  Top  Openings,  Red 
Borders  

3  50 

10,  vJvai  or  i\.rcn  ±op  vypenmgs,  o  x  ^2^,  wiin  Jr mK 
Flap,  Buff  or  Pearl  Cards,  Red  Borders,  for 
Cabinet  Size  Ferrotypes  

9  00 

u 

13,  Oval  and  Arch  Top  Openings,  11x3,  Floral  Designs 

6  00 

a 

iz,  uvai  or  i\.rcn  ±op  openings,  z  x  o^,  irinK  jciap. 
Buff  or  White  Cards,  Embossed  

4  00 

u 

11,  Oval  or  Arch  Top  Openings,  2x  3i,  Maroon  Cards, 
Brown  Flap,  Buff  or  White  Cards,  Pink  Flap,  Gilt 

4  00 

u 

11,  Oval  or  Arch  Top  Openings,  2  x  3i,  Pink  Flap, 
Buff,  White  or  Pearl  Cards,  Red  Borders  .... 

2  70 

u 

11,  Black  Cards,  Gilt  Borders,  Oval  and  Arch  Top 

4  50 

Nos.  3,  4,  5  and  6,  Oval  Openings,  Nos.  9  and  10,  Arch  Top 
Openings,  Pink  Flap,  Buff  or  White  Cards,  Embossed 

3  25 

3,  4,  4i,  5  and  6,  Oval  Openings,  Nos.  9  and  10,  Arch 
Top  Openings,  Pink  Flap,  Buff  or  White  Cards, 
Gilt  or  Red  Borders ;  or  Pearl  Cards,  Red  Borders 

[For  Imprinting  Name  and  Address,  see  page  33.] 

3  25 

13 


IMPROVED  FERROTYPE  HOLDERS. 


PATENT  ISSUED  OCTOBEH  21st,  1873. 


BLACK,  ROSE  OR  GRAY  CARDS,  WITH  GILT  BORDERS,  AND 

ROSE  OR  PEARL  CARDS,  WITH  RED  BORDERS,         Per  1000 

Nos.  3,  4,  4J,  5  and  6,  Oval  Openings  4  00 

"     9  and  10,  Arch  Top  Openings  4  00 

BLACK,  ROSE  OR  GRAY  CARDS,  WITH  GILT  BORDERS,  AND 
BUFF,  ROSE  OR  PEARL  CARDS,  WITH  RED  BORDERS, 

No.  30,  Oval  and  Arch  Top  Openings  4  50 

"   31,  Kose  Tint  or  Black,  Gilt  Borders,  Oval  and  Arch  Top 

Openings  3J  x  5,  for  Cabinet  Size  18  00 


Per  1000 


CATERSON'S  CASES. 

PATENTED  JTTLY  4th,  1882. 

No.  103,  Buff  or  Pearl  Cards,  Eed  Borders,  Arch  Top  Opening  2x3i  .  2  75 
"  103,      "  "  "  "      Round  Corner "  24x3f  .  2  75 

14 


No.  90  Thick  Gilt  Beveled  Edge  Cards. 

WITH  CLEAN  CUT  EDGES-PURE 

NON-TARNISHABLE  GOLD  LEAF, 

PRICE 

PER  ONE  HUNDRED. 

White,Rose,Primrose,Pearl,Gray,Bufr,Azure,Granite-Blueor  Light  Green  Cards. 

2^  X  4}   

3  25 

6    X  12  

12  00 

8    X  10  

12  50 

4i  X  7i  

5  75 

7  X  14  

14  00 

4x8   

6  00 

7ixl3  

14  50 

7  xl5  

17  00 

4*  X  9   

7  63 

10  xl2  

17  25 

5  X  10   

8  25 

11   X  14   

19  00 

6*  X  8J   

8  50 

10*  X  17  

23  25 

7x9  ....... 

9  00 

14  X  17  

32  50 

No.  90  Maroon  Face,  Bottle  Qreen,  Black  or  Chocolate  Cards. 

2i  X  4}   

3  38 

6  X  12  

13  25 

4J  X  6J   

5  63 

8  X  10  

14  00 

4i  X  7i  

6  13 

7  xl4  

15  25 

4x8   

6  63 

7i  X  13   .  .  .  .  .  .  . 

16  00 

7  xl6  

19  00 

41  X  9   

8  38 

10  xl2  

19  50 

5  X  10   

9  00 

11   X  14  

21  00 

6i  X  8i   

9  25 

lOi  X  17  

26  00 

7x9   

10  00 

14  X  17   

36  50 

No.  90  Gilt  or  Silver  Face  Cards. 

2J  X  4J  

4  00 

6*  X  8J   

13  25 

4i  X  6i  

7  75 

7x9  

13  75 

8  75 

6  X  12  

20  00 

4i  X  7i   

8  X  10  

20  50 

4  x8  

9  75 

110  X  12  

29  00 

4i  X  9   . 

11  75 

7  X  15  

29  00 

5  X  10  

12  75 

10Jxl7  

39  00 

OTHER  SIZES  OF  THE  ABOVE  MADE  TO  ORDER  IN  LOTS  OF  25  CARDS  OF  ONE  SIZE. 

16 


NO'  90  Thick  G'lt  Beveled  Edge  Cards. 

WITH  CLEAN  CUT  EDGES-PURE  NON-TARNISHABLE  GOLD  LEAF. 

PRICE  PER  ONE  HUNDRED. 

WHITE,  ROSE,  BUFF,  LIGHT  GREEN,  AZURE,  GRAY,  PEARL,  PRIMROSE,  BLACK  OR  MAROON. 

3  inch  Circles  

7  00 

3i  X  4i  Oval  

11  00 

4    "  "   

8  00 

4ix6  "   

14  00 

5    "  "   

10  00 

5  x7  "   

17  00 

6    "  "   

13  00 

6  x8  "   

21  00 

7    "  "   

19  00 

7  x9  "   

24  00 

9    "  "   

27  00 

No.  90  G'LT  OR  Silver  Face. 

8  00 

3^  X  4J  Oval  

13  00 

4    "  "   

9  00 

4J  X  6  "   

17  00 

5    "  "   

12  00 

5  x7  "   

20  00 

6    "  "   

16  50 

6  x8  "   

24  00 

7    "  "   

22  50 

7   x9  "   

28  00 

9    "  "   

33  50 

Patent  Card  Boxes  for  Panel  Cards. 

TO  HOLD  ONE  CARD 

Per  (00 

2j  X  4i,  Plain  Boxes  .  . 

9  00 

4}  X  6i    "        "     .  . 

12  50 

2i  X  4},  "Easel"  "    .  . 

12  50 

4}  X  6i,    "         "    .  . 

19  50 

No.  85  Thin  Plain  Beveled  Edge  Cards. 

(Patented  October  5th,  1880.) 

A,  White— Salmon  Edge;  B,  White— Blue  Edge ;  C,  White— Gray  Edge;  D 

,  Rose— 

Fawn  Edge;  E,  Pearl— Primrose  Edge 

;  F,  Primrose— Pink  Edge  ;  G,  Gray— 

Cream  Edge;  H,  Primrose— Green  Edge;  I,  Pearl— Pink  Edge, 

Per  1000 

Card  Size,  Round  Corners,  .   .  . 

 2J  X  4J, 

5  50 

Cabinet  "  " 

  .  4i  X  6J, 

13  00 

Panel,    "  " 

 4  x8J, 

18  00 

Boudoir, "     "  " 

 6}x8J, 

24  00 

Imperial, "    "  " 

 6Jx9J, 

34  00 

Promenade  Size,  Square  Corners, 

 4|x7J, 

15  00 

17 


Thin  Gilt  Beveled  Edge  Cards. 

WITH  CLEAN  CUT  EDGES-PIIRF  NON-TARNISHABLE  GOLD  LEAF, 

MINETTE  CARDS. 

Per  1000 

No.  43J,  Pink,  Ornamented  Border,  11x3, 

"   43,  Black,  Maroon  or  Tinted,  11  x  3J, 

10  00 
10  00 

No.  19  WHITE,  ROSE,  VIOLET,  PINK,  PRIMROSE,  PEARL, 
OR  GRAY,  ROUND  CORNERS. 

Card  Size, Gilt  Bev'd  Edges,  (Prepared,  $9.00  per  1000)  2ix4i 
"     "    Red     "        "     (     '■       7.50     "     )  2ix4i 
Cabinet  "Gilt     "        "     (     "      18.00     "     )  4}x6i 
"  Red     "        "     (     "      14.50     "     )  4lx6i 
Panel    "  Gilt     "        "   4  x8J 

T^roTTiPTiflflp  Rizp  frilt  T^pv'H  T^rlcrp<5  Rniiflrp  OomPTS  4ix7i 

7  25 
5  75 
14  00 
11  00 
21  50 
16  00 

A  U  \J\J 

No.  46  WHITE,  UNENAMELED  CARDS. 

Card  Size,  Round  Corners,  (Prepared^  $10.50  per  1000)  2^x44, 
Cabinet"       "        "      (    "        22.00       "  )4}x6^. 

9  00 
18  00 

No.  43  WHITE,  PINK,  PEARL,  PRIMROSE,  VIOLET,  DRAB, 
OR  LIGHT  GREEN. 

v^arQ  oize,  xvounu  v^oriieio,  i  itpdicUj  tpii.ou  pei  Zi2-x.^8j 
Cabinet"       "         "      (     "        23.00      "      )  4}x6i, 

Victoria"      "        "   3|x5tV, 

Promenade  Size,  Square  Corners,  4^x74, 

ft  'ya 
9  75 

19  00 

15  00 
21  00 

No.  43  BLACK  OR  CHOCOLATE. 

Cabinet "      "          "   4i  x  6i, 

Promenade  Size,  Square  Corners,  4i  x  7i, 

10  25 
20  00 
22  50 

No.  26  WHITE,  PRIMROSE,  PEARL,  GRAY  OR  ROSE. 

Cabinet  Size.Round  Corners,(  Prepared  ,$24.75  per  1 000)  4  ix6  i 

Panel      "        "          "   4  x8i, 

Boudoir  "        "          "   5|x8i, 

Imperial  "        "          "   6ix9i, 

4J  X  6i  

21  00 
27  00 
34  00 
48  50 
19  00 
34  00 

18 


THIN  GILT  Beveled  Edge  Cards. 

WITH  CLEAN  CUT  EOGES-PURE  NON-TARNISHABLE  GOLD  LEAF. 


No.  26  BLACK  OR  CHOCOLATE,  AND  No.  67  MAROON 
FACE,  GRAY  BACKS. 


Cabinet  Size,  Round  Corners,  4i  x  6i, 

Panel      "        "          "   4  x  8i, 

Boudoir   "        "  "  6i  x  8i, 

Imperial  "        "•         "   61  x  91, 

4}  X  5}  

5  x8  


No,  87  WHITE,  PINK,  PEARL  OR  PRIMROSE,  FIGURED  BACKS. 

Card  Size,  Eound  Corners,  (Prepared,  $12.50  per  1000)  2ix4i 
Cabinet  Size,  "          "     (      "        24.75     "      )  41x6* 

BOTTLE-GREEN  OR  MAROON  FACE  CARDS,  GRAY  BACKS. 


No. 


97,  Card  Size,  Round  Corners,  2i  x  4i 

97,  Cabinet "      "  "   4i  x  6J 

65,  Card  Size,  2J  x  4i 


65,  Cabinet 
65,  Promenade  Size,  Square  Corners, 
65,  Panel  "    Round  Corners, 


4i  X  6i 
4i  X  7* 


BOTTLE-GREEN  OR  MAROON  CARDS,  COLORED  BOTH  SIDES. 


No.  81,  Card  Size,  Round  Corners,  2i  x  41 

"   81,  Cabinet "      "  "   4i  x  6* 

"   68,  Panel,    "      "  "   4  x  8i 

"   68,  Boudoir,"      "  "   6i  x  8i 

"   68,  Imperial,"      " '         "   6ixdl 


Per  1000 


24  GO 
30  00 
39  00 
54  00 
21  00 
39  00 


10  50 
21  50 


8  38 
16  50 
10  00 
20  00 
22  50 
28  00 


11  50 
23  50 
35  00 
43  50 
62  00 


No.  26  WHITE,  ROSE,  PRIMROSE,  GREEN,  AZURE, 
GRAY,  BLACK  OR  MAROON. 

PER  ONE  HUNDRED. 


No.  26  WITH  GILT  OR  SILVER  FACE. 


3  inch  Circles 

4  « 

5  " 

6  " 

7  " 
9  u 


3  50 

4  50 

5  50 
9  50 

11  00 
18  00 


3J  X  4J  Oval 
4i  X  6  " 
5x7 

6  x8  " 

7  x9  " 


19 


No.  26  Gilt  Beveled  Edge  Cards. 

WITH  CLEAN  CUT  EDGES-PURE  NON-TARNISHABLE  GOLD  LEAF 

WHITE,  GRAY,  ROSE,  AZURE,  PRIMROSE,  MAROON  OR  BLACK. 

PER  ONE  HUNDRED. 

Crescent,  .  . 

  5  inch, 

5  00 

Eg^s:,     .  .  . 

CO' 

 3  X  4J, 

4  13 

Palette,    .  . 

 4J  X  6, 

8  00 

Star,  .... 

 5  inch. 

8  25 

Cross,    .   .  . 

 5}x7} 

8  25 

Triangle,  .  . 

2  00 

"Rpll 

^  no 

NO.  26  GILT  OR  SILVER. 

PER  ONE  HUNDRED. 

6  50 

Egg,    .  .  . 

 3  X  4i, 

5  00 

Palette,    .  . 

 4i  X  6, 

10  50 

10  50 

Triangle,  .  . 

 4  inch. 

2  75 

Cross,   .   .  . 

 5^x7^ 

10  50 

Heart,  .  .  . 

 2f  X  3, 

5  no 

No.  26  Leaf,  s^^xG/b. 

(Patented  January  30th,  1883.) 

PER  ONE  HUNDRED. 

White,  Rose,  Gray,  Azure,  Primrose,  Maroon  or  Black,  . 

.  5  25 

Gilt  or  Silver, 

.  7  00 

MEDALLION,  WITH  SLIDING  BACK. 

ROSE  TINT  FACE,  AZURE  BACK. 

(Patented  April  3d,  1883.) 

PER  ONE  HUNDRED. 

Five  inch  Square  outside,  Opening  3i  inch  Circle,  .... 

.  14  25 

Seven  " 

.  18  75 

[For  Diagrams  of  above  see  pages  34  to  40  inclusive.] 

20 


LIST  OF 

SIZES  OF 

Thin  Panel  Cards. 

WITH  CLEAN  CUT  EDGES-PURE 

NON-TARNISHABLE  GOLD  LEAF, 

Made  to  order  in  lots  of  50  or  more  in  No.  26  White,  Primrose,  Pearl, 

Gray,  Rose,  Black,  Chocolate,  Gilt  or  Silver; 

No.  67,  Maroon  Face, 

Gray  Back ;  No.  68,  Maroon  or  Bottle-Green 

on  both  sid 

less  than  50  subject  to 

an  addition  to  these  prices. 

PER  ONE  HUNDRED. 

 r  .  

iNOi  ZD  wnite 
or  Tinted, 

No.  26  Blacker 

Chocolate  and 
No.  67  Maroon 
Face,  Gray  Bks. 

No.  68  Maroon 
or  Bottle-Green 

No.  26 
Gilt  or  Silver. 

2  J  X  4i  

1  30 

1  40 

1  50 

2  20 

4i  X  5i   

See  page  18. 

See  page  19. 

3  80 

4}  X  6i   

a 

(( 

3  00 

4  60' 

4  X  8i  

n 

u 

See  page  19. 

6  25 

5x8  

a 

C( 

4  35 

7  50 

5}  X  8i   

n 

{( 

See  page  19. 

7  50 

6f  X  9J  

n 

** 

11  50 

4i  X  7i  

2  60 

2  95 

3  25 

5  50 

42  X  9  

4  00 

4  50 

5  00 

8  25 

5   X  10  

4  20 

4  88 

5  40 

9  00 

62  X  8i   

4  63 

5  25 

5  75 

9  25 

6J  X  9  

5  25 

5  88 

6  50 

10  75 

7x9  

op; 

1  0 

0  oo 

6  50 

10  75 

8   X  10   .  . 

6  50 

7  50 

8  50 

14  50 

6   X  12  

6  50 

7  50 

8  50 

14  50 

7   X  14  - 

7  00 

8  00 

9  00 

15  00 

lixlS  

7  75 

8  88 

9  88 

17  00 

7   X  15  

9  00 

10  50 

11  75 

21  00 

10  X  12   

9  00 

10  50 

11  75 

21  00 

11   X  14   .  ... 

9  50 

11  00 

12  25 

21  50 

lOi  X  17  

11  88 

14  00 

15  75 

27  50 

14  X  17  

16  25 

19  00 

22  00 

40  00 

12  X  20  

16  25 

19  00 

22  00 

40  00 

16  X  20  

21  00 

26  00 

30  00 

55  00 

21 


Cartes  de  Visite  Mounts. 

In  ordering,  please  state  if  Round  Corners  or  Square  Corners  are  wanted. 


DESCRIPTION. 


No.   4,  White 


22,  White,  Pearl,  Light  Buff,  Dark  Buff,  Gray, 
Green  or  Tea  

24,  White,  Rose,  Primrose,  Pink,  Pearl,  Light  or 
Dark  Buff,  Violet  or  Green  

35,  White,  Toned,  Primrose,  Light  and  Dark 
Buff,  Pearl,  Pink,  Green,  Violet,  Rose,  Tea, 
Terra-Cotta,  Granite-Drab,  Gray,  Granite- 
Blue,  Dove,  Duplex  Green-Primrose  .... 

5,  White,  Light  and  Dark  Buff,  Gray,  Green, 
Primrose,  Pearl,  Dove,  Rose  or  Violet  .   .  . 

36,  White  

41,  White,  Cream,  Silver  Gray,  Steel  Gray,  Sea 
Foam  or  Shell  Rose  

45,  White,  Enameled  Back,  Plain  Face  .... 

47,  Enameled,  White,  Light  and  Dark  Buff, 
Green,  Pink,  Pearl  or  Primrose  

14,  White,  Enameled  

18,  Enameled,  White,  Pink,  Pearl,  Buff,  Green, 
Rose.  Primrose,  Black  or  Chocolate  .... 

88,  White,  Pink,  Pearl,  Green,  Primrose  or 
Violet,  Enameled  Backs,  Plain  Face    .   .  . 

42,  White,  Cream,  Primrose,  Green,  Pink,  Pearl, 
Dove,  Gray,  Buff,  Violet  or  Pense,  Enameled 
Backs,  Unenameled  Face  

96,  Maroon  or  Bottle-Green  Face,  Gray  Backs  . 

58,  Maroon,  Claret  or  Bottle-Green  Face,  Gray 
Backs  

62,  Maroon,  Claret  or  Bottle-Green,  Enameled 
both  sides  

25,  Light  Buff,  White,  Primrose,  Pink,  Pearl, 
Violet  or  Green,  Red  Borders  

25,  Light  Buff,  White,  Primrose,  Pearl,  Pink, 
Violet,  Rose  or  Green,  Gilt  Borders  . 


Square 
Corn  ers 
Per  1000 

Hound 
Corn  ers 
Per  1000 

1 

00 

1  50 

2 

00 

2  50 

2 

25 

2  75 

2 

50 

6  UU 

3 

00 

3  50 

3 

50 

4  UO 

4 

50 

C  AA 

5  UO 

2 

63 

3  13 

2 

75 

3  25 

3 

50 

4  00 

4 

00 

4  50 

2 

88 

3  38 

3 

50 

4  00 

Q 
0 

ou 

4  00 

4 

25 

4  75 

5 

25 

5  75 

4 

00 

4  50 

4 

50 

5  00 

22 


Cartes  de  Visite  MouNTS-contmued. 

DESCRIPTION. 

Square  1 

Round 

Ooi*ll  6X*S 

Per 1000 

Coi*  I1GX*S 

Per  1000 

No.  33,  Dove,  White,  Cream,  Primrose,  Violet,  Green, 
Pearl  or  Pink  Cards,  Gilt  Borders  

5  50 

6  00 

"   33,  White,  Primrose,   Pink,  Pearl   or  Green 
Cards,  Red  Borders  

5  50 

"   49,  White,  Pearl,  Pink,  Primrose  or  Green, 
Figured  Backs,  Unenameled  Face  .... 

4  50 

5  00 

53,  White,  Pink,  Pearl,  Green,  Primrose,  Violet 
or  Dove,  Figured  Backs,  Unenameled  Face  . 

4  50 

5  00 

37,  White,  Pink,  Pearl,  Primrose  or  Dove,  Fig- 
ured Backs,  Unenameled  Face,  Gilt  Borders 

6  25 

6  75 

63,  White,  BufF,  Cream,  Pink,  Pearl,  Primrose, 
Dove,  Green  or  Violet,  Enameled  Backs,  Un- 
enameled Face,  with  Red  Borders  .   .   .   .  . 

7  00 

7  50 

"   38,  White,  Pink,  Pearl,  BufF,  Green  or  Primrose, 
Enameled  both  sides.  Red  Borders  .... 

7  25 

7  75 

"   57,  White,  Light  BufF,  Primrose,  Pearl  or  Rose, 
Unenameled,  Gilt  Lines  

3  75 

4  25 

56,  White,  BufF,  Primrose,  Pearl  or  Pink,  Enam- 
eled Backs,  Plain  Face,  Gilt  Lines  .... 

4  75 

5  25 

"   39,  White,  Primrose,  Pearl,  Pink, 'Green  or  BufF, 
Enameled  both  sides,  Gilt  Lines  

5  25 

5  75 

"   39,  Maroon  or  Bottle-Green,  Enameled  both  sides. 
Gilt  Lines   . 

6  50 

7  00 

"   61,  Black,  Chocolate,  Primrose  or  Pink,  Gilt 

6  00 

6  50 

"   79,  White,  Rose,  Violet,  Pearl  or  Primrose,  Gilt 

4  00 

"   69,  Maroon  Face,  Gray  Backs,  Gilt  Borders  .  . 

6  25 

6  75 

"   80,  White,  Pink,  Pearl,  Primrose,  Violet  or 

0  70 

"   89,  White,  Pearl,  Violet,  Pink  or  Primrose,  with 

5  25 

5  75 

"    86,  White,  Pearl,  Violet,  Pink  or  Primrose,  Plain 

5  63 

6  13 

Additional  per  One  Thousand  for  Card  Mounts. 

With  Gilded  Edges  

.  2  00 

.  1  62 

With  Gilt  or  Tinted  Lines,  in  lots  oF  1000  or  more  . 

.  1  50 

23 


Cabinet  Cards. 

In  ordering,  please  state  if  Round  Corners  or  Square  Corners  are  wanted. 


DESCRIPTION. 


No.  22,  White,  Light  and  Dark  Buff,  Pearl  or  Gray 
"   24,  White,  Rose,  Primrose,  Pink,  Pearl,  Light 

Buff  or  Green  

"   35,  White,  Toned,  Primrose,  Light  and  Dark 

Buff,    Pearl,    Pink,    Green,   Violet,  Tea, 

Rose,  Gray,  Granite-Blue,  Dove,  Terra-Cotta, 

Duplex  Green-Primrose  

83,  White,  Cream,  Primrose,  Green,  Pink,  Pearl, 

Dove,  Gray,  Buff,  Violet  or  Pen^e  

"     5,  White,  Light  and  Dark  Buff,  Gray,  Green, 

Primrose,  Pearl,  Dove,  Rose  or  Violet  .   .  . 
"     9,  White,  Light  and  Dark  Buff,  Gray,  Primrose, 

Pearl,  Dove  or  Rose  

"  9,  Black,  Chocolate  or  Maroon  Face,  Gray  Back 
"  9,  Maroon  or  Bottle-Green,  Enameled  both  sides 
"   36,  White  

"  41,  White,  Cream,  Silver  Gray,  Steel  Gray,  Shell 
Rose  or  Sea  Foam  

"  47,  White,  Light  and  Dark  Buff,  Green,  Pearl, 
Pink  or  Primrose  

14,  White,  Enameled  

18,  Enameled,  White,  Pink,  Pearl,  Buff,  Green, 
Primrose,  Black  or  Chocolate   

"  88,  White,  Pink,  Pearl,  Green,  Primrose  or 
Violet,  Enameled  Backs,  Plain  Face     .   .  . 

"  42,  White,  Cream,  Primrose,  Green,  Pink,  Pearl, 
Dove,  Gray,  Buff,  Pense  or  Violet,  Enameled 
Backs,  Unenameled  Face  

"  42,  Duplex:  A,  (Pink  and  Pearl ;)  B,  (Pink  and 
White ;)  C,  (Primrose  and  Rose ;)  D,  (Primrose 
and  White;)  E,  (Pearl  and  White;)  F,  (Pearl 
and  Primrose)  

"  96,  Maroon  or  Bottle-Green  Face,  Gray  Backs  . 
"   58,  Maroon,  Claret  or  Bottle-Green  Face,  Gray 

Backs  

"   62,  Maroon,  Claret  or  Bottle-Green,  Enameled 

both  sides  

8,  White,  Rose,  Green,  Pearl,  Light  Buff,  Violet, 

Pink  or  Primrose,  Gilt  Borders  

7,  White,  Pearl,  Pink,  Green,  Dove,  Primrose  or 

Violet,  Enameled  Backs,  Unenameled  Face, 

Gilt  Borders  "... 


Square  Round 
Corners  Corners 
Per  1000  Per 1000 


5  00 

5  50 

6  50 

7  00 

8  00 

9  50 
12  00 
15  00 


9  00 

9  50 

11  50 

12  00 

7  50 

8  00 

9  00 

9  50 

10  00 

10  50 

7  25 

7  75 

9  00 

9  50 

9  00 

9  50 

9  50 

10  00 

11  00 

11  50 

13  50 

14  00 

9  50 

10  00 

12  50 

13  00 

5  50 

6  00 

7  00 

7  50 

8  50 

10  00 

12  50 

15  50 


24 


Cabinet  Cards. 


(CONTINUED.) 


DESCRIPTION. 


No.  61,  Primrose,  Pink,  Pearl,  Black  or  Chocolate, 
Enameled  both  sides.  Gilt  Borders  .... 

"  49,  White,  Pearl,  Pink,  Primrose  or  Green, 
Figured  Backs,  Unenameled  Face  .... 

"  53,  White,  Pink,  Pearl,  Green,  Primrose,  Violet 
or  Dove,  Figured  Backs,  Unenameled  Face  . 

"  37,  White,  Pink,  Pearl,  Primrose  or  Dove,  Fig- 
ured Backs,  Unenameled  Face,  Gilt  Borders 

"  63,  White,  Cream,  Pink,  Pearl,  Primrose,  Dove, 
Green  or  Violet,  Enameled  Backs,  Unenam- 
eled Face,  with  Red  Borders  

"  38,  White,  Pink,  Pearl,  Buff,  Green  or  Primrose, 
with  Red  Borders  

"  79,  White,  Rose,  Violet,  Pearl  or  Primrose,  Gilt  or 
Red  Rustic  Lines  

57,  White,  Light  Buff,  Primrose,  Pearl  or  Rose, 

Unenameled,  Gilt  Lines  

"  56,  White,  Primrose,  Pearl  or  Pink,  Enameled 
Backs,  Unenameled  Face,  Gilt  Lines    .   .  . 

"  39,  White,  Primrose,  Pink  or  Pearl,  Enameled 
both  sides,  Gilt  Lines  

"   39,  Maroon  or  Bottle-Green,  Enameled  both  sides 

"   69,  Maroon  Face,  Gray  Backs,  Gilt  Borders  .  . 

"   89,  White,  Pearl,  Violet,  Pink  or  Primrose,  with 

Flower  Backs  

"   86,  White,  Primrose,  Violet,  Pearl  or  Pink,  Plain 

Face,  Ornamented  Back  

"   80,  White,  Pink,  Pearl,  Primrose, Violet  or  Green, 

with  extra  wide  Gilt  Borders  

"   89,  White,  Pink,  Pearl,  Primrose  or  Violet,  with 

Flower  Backs,  Gilt  Border  on  Face  .... 
"   76,  White,  Cream,  Primrose,  Buff,  Violet,  Pink 

or  Pearl,  Tinted  Border  on  Backi^*  

"   82,  White,  Primrose,  Pink,  Pearl  or  Violet,  with 

Flower  Backs  


Square 
Corn  era 
Per 1000 


13  50 
11  50 
11  50 

14  00 

14  50 

15  50 
8  50 
8  75 

11  50 

12  75 
15  50 
14  00 


14  00 
14  25 


13  50 
13  75 
13  00 
16  00  16  50 

i 

12  25^12  75 
12  50  13  00 


Round 
Corners 
Per 1000 


14  00 
12  00 
12  00 

14  50 

15  00 

16  00 

9  25 

12  00 

13  25 
16  00 

14  50 


Additional  per  One  Thousand  for  CABINET  MOUNTS. 

With  Gilded  Edges  3  50 

With  Tinted  Enameled  Edges  2  50 

With  Gilt  or  Tinted  Lines,  in  lots  of  1000  or  more  .....  2  25 


25 


clench's  cabinet  size 
Plaque  Cards. 

Patented  October  loth  and  December  5th,  1882. 

DESCRIPTION. 

rer  1000 

B,              "  "   

A,  with  Gilt  Beveled  Edges  

«         g                 «             a  n 

15  00 
15  00 
25  00 
25  00 

Cartes  de  Visite  Mounts 

WITH  SLEE'S  PREPARATION, 

In  ordering,  please  state  if  Square  or  Round  Corners  are  wanted. 

DESCRIPTION. 

SQuaire 
Corners 
Per 1000 

Corn  ers 
Per 1000 

No.  22,  White,  Light  and  Dark  BufF,  or  Pearl    .  . 

3  00 

3  50 

"   22,  Dark  Buff,  Red  Lines  

4  25 

"   35,  White,  Light  Buff,  Primrose,  Pearl,  Rose, 

3  50 

'  4  00 

"   36,  White  

4  50 

j  5  00 

"   42,  White,  Primrose,  Pearl,  Green,  Pink  or  Violet 

4  50 

5  00 

"   452  ,  White,  Assorted  Figured  Backs  .... 

4  75 

5  25 

"   53,  White,  Pink,  Primrose,  Pearl  or  Green    .  . 

i 

5  50 

6  00 

"   54,  White,  Rose,  Light  Buff,  Green,  Violet,  | 

5  00 

5  50 

54,  Primrose,  Pearl  or  Rose,  Brown  Borders 

• 

5  00 

5  50 

"   55,  White,  Pearl,  Dark  Buff,  Primrose  or  Rose, 

4  75 

5  25 

"   70,  White,  Rose,  Pearl  or  Primrose,  Red  Rustic 

4  50 

Victoria  Card  Mounts-round  corners, 

WITH  SLEE'S  PREPARATION. 

DESCRIPTION. 

Per  1000 

No.  35,  White,  Primrose,  Light  and  Dark  Buff,  Pearl  or 

6  50 

26 


Cabinet  Cards, 

WITH  SLEE'S  PREPARATION. 


DESCRIPTION. 

Square 
Corners 
Per 1000 

Round 
Corners 
Per 1000 

No.  35,  White,  Eose,  Primrose,  Pearl,  Green,  Violet 

" 

or  Pink  

Q 
O 

<0 

Q 

OK 
iSO 

"   36,  White  

11 

25 

11 

75 

"   42,  White,  Primrose,  Pearl,  Green  or  Pink  .  . 

11 

25 

11 

75 

"   45i,  White,  Assorted  Figured  Backs  

12 

00 

12 

50 

od.  White,  Primrose,  Pearl,  Green  or  Pink   .   .  i 

13 

75 

14 

25 

"   54,  White,  Rose,  Primrose  or  Pearl,  Red  Borders 

12 

50 

13 

00 

"   54,  Primrose,  Pearl  or  Rose,  Brown  Borders 

12 

50 

13 

00 

"   55,  White,  Light  and  Dark  Buff,  Pearl,  Prim- 

rose or  Rose,  Red  Lines  

12 

50 

"   70,  White,  Rose,  Pearl  or  Primrose,  Red  Rustic 

1 

11 

00 

PRICE-LIST  (ADDITIONAL  TO  THE  COST  OF  CARDS,)  OF 

Photograph  Cards, 

WITH  SLEE'S  PREPARATION. 

Per  One  Thousand. 


Card  Mounts,  except  Gilt 
or  Red  Beveled  Edge  . 

Cabiuet  Mounts  except  Gilt 
or  Red  Beveled  Edge  . 

Minette  Mounts,  .... 

1  00 

2  25 
35 

Imperial  Mounts,  6i  x  9i 

6i  X  8i   

7x9  

8  X  10,  9  X  11  .  .  .  . 

5  75 
4  00 
4  75 
7  00 

Victoria      "  .... 

1  50 

10 

xl2  

10  50 

Promenade  ''  .... 

2  50 

11 

X  14  

11  00 

Stereoscope  Mounts,3 1  x  7 

1  85 

12 

X  14,  12  X  15  ... 

21  00 

"     4  x7 

2  10 

13 

X  16,  14  X  17,  14  X  18 

21  00 

"     4J  X  7 

2  25 

16 

x20  

23  00 

"  4ix7 

2  50 

18 

X  22  

40  00 

Thin  Panel      "      4  x  8i 

3  25 

20 

x24  

45  00 

Boudoir          "     5}  x  8J 

3  50 

22 

x28  

45  00 

i 


27 


Victoria  Card  Mounts-round  corners. 

Per  One  Thousand. 



No.  22,  White  or  Tinted  

4  25 

24,  White  or  Tinted  

4  75 

"   35,  White  or  Tinted  

5  00 

"   36,  White   

6  75 

"   41,  White  or  Tinted  

7  50 

14,  White,  Enameled  

6  75 

18,  Enameled,  White  or  Tinted  

7  50 

"   42,  White  and  Tinted,  Enameled  Backs,  Unenameled 

6  75 

Nos.  48,  49  and  53,  Plain  Face,  P'igured  Backs  

8  00 

With  Gilded  Edges  Additional  per  1000 

3  13 

With  Tinted  Enameled  Edges  ...         "           u  u 

2  13 

vv  iin  \jriii  01  iinLeu.  j-jines  .... 

9  nn 

6  UU 

Cabinet  Panel  Cards, 

SIZE  3Jx6i,  SQUARE  CORNERS. 

Per  1000 

No.  42,  White  or  Tinted  

8  75 

"     7,  Pink,  Pearl  or  Primrose,  Gilt  Borders  

11  00 

Promenade  Photograph  Cards-square  corners. 

Per  One  Thousand. 

No.  35,  White,  Light  BufF,  Rose,  Granite-Blue,  Primrose, 
Pearl,  Pink,  Violet  or  Green  

8  00 

"   36,  White  

11  00 

"   41,  White  or  Tinted  

12  50 

"    18,  White  or  Tinted,  Enameled  

12  00 

"   42,  Pink,  Pearl,  Green,  Primrose,  White,  Dove,  Buff 
or  Gray,  Enameled  Backs,  Plain  Face  

11  00 

Nos.  48,  49  and  53,  Figured  Enameled  Backs,  Plain  Face 

13  00 

No.   8,  White,  Primrose,  Pearl  or  Rose,  Gilt  Borders  .  . 

12  00 

"     7,  White,  Pink,  Primrose  or  Pearl,  Gilt  Borders  .  . 

15  00 

"   61,  Black  or  Chocolate,  Gilt  Borders  

16  00 

With  Gilded  Edges  Additional  per  1000 

4  00 

With  Red  Edges  

2  50 

28 


Imperial,  Boudoir  and  Thin  Panel  Cards. 

No. 9, White,  Primrose,  Pearl,  Gray,  Rose,  Plain  Cards,  Round  Corners. 

Per  1000 

Boudoir,  5ix8i 

Panel,  4x8i 

4Jx5i  

26  00 
18  00 
14  50 
9  00 

No.  13,  White,  Primrose,  Pearl,  Gray  or  Rose, 
Round  Corner  Cards,  Gilt  Borders. 

Boudoir,  5}  x  8J 

Panel,  4  x  8i 

36  00 
25  00 
21  00 

No.  9,  Black,  Chocolate  or  Maroon  Face,  Gray  Backs, 
Plain  Cards,  Round  Corners. 

Imperial,  6i  x  9i 

Boudoir,  5ix8J 

Panel,  4  x  8i 

4i  X  5i  .  

32  00 
22  00 
18  00 
11  00 

No.  13,  Black  or  Chocolate  Color  Cards,  Round  Corners,  Gilt  Borders. 

Boudoir,  5}x8J 

Panel,  4x8i 

Cards,  in  Black  only,  6ix8i 

42  00 
28  75 
23  50 
36  00 

No.  9,  Maroon  or  Bottle-Green,  Enameled  Both  Sides, 
Plain  Cards,  Round  Corners. 

Panel,  4x8} 

4ix5i  

40  00 
I  27  00 
22  00 
14  00 

Imperial,  with  Red  or  Gilded  Edges,  ....  Additional 

Boudoir,     "      "     "               "  .... 

Panel,  4  x  8i,  with  Red  or  Gilded  Edges,  .   .  " 

8  00 
6  50 
5  00 

MiNETTE  Cards-square  corners. 

^                                       Per  1000 

No.  24,  White,  Eose,  Primrose,  Pearl  or  Buff  

"   24,  White,  Buff,  Pearl  or  Rose,  Gilt  Borders  .... 

"   53,  White  or  Tinted  

"   37,  White,  Pink,  Primrose  or  Pearl,  Gilt  Borders  .  . 

"  42  J,  Pink,  with  Ornamented  Border,  Size  of  Card  2  x  3i 
Additional  for  Gilded  Edges  

1  05 
1  65 

1  80 

2  40 
4  25 
1  25 

29 


Stereoscope  Mounts. 

WITH  ROUND  CORNERS. 

SQUARE  CORNERS  50  CENTS  PER  ONE  THOUSAND  LESS. 
Per  One  Thousand. 


DESCRIPTION. 

3Hx7. 

*r  A  It 

4.Vi  y  7. 

•T/2  ^  *  • 

5x8. 

No.  1,  Enameled  Face,  Unenam- 
eled  Backs,  Light  Yellow 
&  Violet  

8 

75 

9  75 

10  25 

11  25 

16  00 

n 

101,  Amber,  Enameled  both 
sides  

7 

50 

8  50 

8  75 

9  75 

14  00 

<< 

2,  Enameled  both  sides.  Green, 
ijignt  CI  JJarK  i5un,  xlea  ca 
Pink  

7 

00 

7  75 

8  25 

9  00 

13  00 

ii 

2,  Enameled  Face,  Unenam- 
eled  Backs,  Green  &  Light 
Buff,  Dark  Buff  &  Tea, 

XJl^llL    JJU.11    Ut/    JLCd,    JL  CllU  W 

&  Gray,  Red  &  Solferino 

6 

50 

7  25 

7  63 

8  38 

12  00 

(( 

6i,  Enameled  both  sides.  Red 
<K  X  inK,  JJarK  x>un,  ijignt 
Buff  or  Green  

5 

25 

5  88 

6  13 

6  63 

10  00 

(( 

6i,  Enameled  Face,  Unenam- 
eled  Backs,  Red  &  Solfer- 
ino, Dark  Buff  &  Gray, 
Light  Buff  &  Tea,  Green  & 
Tea  

4 

88 

5  50 

5  75 

6  25 

9  50 

it 

5,  Unenameled,  Light  Buff, 
Dark  Buff,  Gray,  Tea, 
Green,  Pearl,  Dove,  Prim- 
rose or  Pink,  also  Granite- 
Blue  Face,  Light  Buff  Back 

7 

00 

8  00 

8  25 

9  13 

13  00 

9,  Unenameled,  Tea,  Gray, 
Light    Buff,  Dark  Buff, 
Green  or  Primrose  .  .  . 

8 

25 

9  25 

9  75 

10  75 

15  50 

35,  Unenameled,  Tea,  Gray, 
Light    Buff,   Dark  Buff, 
Pearl,  Green  or  Primrose 

5 

75 

6  50 

6  75 

7  50 

10  75 

ADDITIONAL  PER  1000  FOR  GILDING  OR  ENAMELING  EDGES  OF 
STEREOSCOPE  MOUNTS. 

8Jx7  to  4Jx7,  Gilded  Edges  .  $4.00  .  Tinted  Enam.  Edges  .  $2.50 
5x8,  "        "     .   5.75  .     "        "        "     .  5.00 


30 


THE 

STANDARD  PICTURE  FRAME. 


Patented  February  14th,  1865 ;  July  18th,  1871 ;  July  6th,  1880  i  July  20th,  1880; 
August  23d,  1881. 


Cabinet  Size,  Rose,  Primrose,  Pearl,  Buff  or  Black 

Cards,  Gilt  Borders,  in  boxes  of  One  Dozen  ...  60  Cents. 

Card  Size,  Pearl,  Rose,  Primrose,  Buff  or  Black 

Cards,  Gilt  Borders,  in  boxes  of  250  .  .  .  $12,50  per  1000. 


31 


PRICE  PER  1000,  (ADDITIONAL  TO  THE  COST  OF  CARDS,)  FOR 

PRINTING  IN  ONE  COLOR  BY  LITHOGRAPHY 

Card,Victoria,Cabinet,Proivienade 
Stereoscope  Mounts. 


IN  LOTS  OF 

1000 

1  2000 

3000 

4000 

5000 

6000 
7000 

8000 
9000 

10,000 

15,000 
20.000 

,25,000 

Card  Mounts,  on  one  side  

5  10 

3  13 

2  55 

2  20 

2  05 

1  85 

1  70 

1  60  1  45 

1  10 

Extra  for  Imprint  in  Gilt,  40  cts.  per  M. 

Card  Mounts,  on  two  sides  

9  50 

5  75 

4  40 

3  80 

3  50 

3  20 

2  90 

2  75 

2  37 

1  90 

Extra  for  Imprint  in  Gilt,  80  cts.  per  M. 

1 

1 

Victoria  Mounts,  on  one  side  

O  CO 

9  fin 

2  20 

2  10 

1  (0 

1  60 

1  50 

Extra  for  Imprint  in  Gilt,  65  cts.  per  M. 

Victoria  Mounts,  on  two  sides  

y  (CO 

c  oo 
0  05 

4  70 

4  15 

3  85 

6  70 

3  35 

3  00 

2  75 

Extra  for  Imprint  in  Gilt,  $1.30  per  M. 

Cabinet  Mounts,  on  one  side  

5  20 

3  75 

3  20 

3  00 

2  70 

2  65 

2  35 

2  00 

1  75 

Extra  for  Imprint  in  Gilt,  80  cts.  per  M. 

Cabinet  Mounts,  on  two  sides  

10  GO 

7  40 

6  25 

5  9015  30 

5  15 

4  60 

3  90 

3  30 

Extra  for  Imprint  in  Gilt,  $1.60  per  M. 

Promenade  Mounts,  on  one  side  

5  50 

4  10 

3  50 

3  30 

3  00 

2  90 

2  60 

2  25 

2  10 

Extra  for  Imprint  in  Gilt,  90  cts.  per  M. 

Promenade  Mounts,  on  two  sides  

10  75 

8  10 

6  90 

6  50 

5  93 

5  65 

5  12 

4  55 

3  85 

Extra  for  Imprint  in  Gilt,  $1.80  per  M. 

Stereo.  Mounts.  3Jx7,  on  one  side  

4  80 

3  40 

2  95 

2  70 

2  45 

2  35 

2  15 

2  00 

1  55 

Extra  for  Imprint  in  Gilt,  70  cts.  per  M. 

Stereo.  Mounts,  4  x  7,  on  one  side  

5  60 

4  20 

3  60 

3  40 

3  12 

3  00 

2  75 

2  35 

2  15 

Extra  for  Imprint  in  Gilt,  80  cts.  per  M. 

Stereo.  Mounts,  4|x7,  &  4^  x7,  one  side, 

6  50 

5  00 

4  50 

4  25 

4  00 

3  85 

3  60 

3  20 

3  10 

Extra  for  Imprint  in  Gilt,  90  cts.  per  M. 

Thin  Panel  Mounts,  4x8^,  on  one  side 

6  80 

5  60 

5  20 

5  00 

4  88 

Extra  for  Imprint  in  Gilt,  $1.15  per  M. 

Thin  Panel  Mounts,  4x8},  on  two  sides 

11  60 

9  35 

8  60 

8  25 

8  00 

Extra  for  Imprint  in  Gilt,  $2.30  per  M. 

The  charge  for  making  Engravings  for  the  first  order  will  be 
from  $6.00  to  $20.00.  For  subsequent  orders  furnished  from  same 
design,  no  further  charge  for  Engraving  unless  alterations  are  required. 

Unless  otherwise  agreed  to  when  the  first  order  is  given,  the 
Engraving  is  to  remain  permanently  in  our  possession. 


32 


SCALE  OF  PRICES  FOR  PRINTING  NAME  AND  ADDRESS  ON  ONE  SIDE  OF  CARDS, 
BY  LETTER-PRESS,  ON 

Card,Victoria,  Cabinet,  Promenade  or  Stereoscope 
Mounts,  also  Envelopes  for  Mailing  Photos. 
AND  Philadelphia  Carte  Envelopes. 


1 

! 

DESCRIPTION. 

PRICE  PER  THOUSAND,  IN  LOTS  OF 

1000 

2000 

3000  5000 

10,000 

Card,  Victoria,  Cabinet,  Prome- 
nade, Stereoscope  or  Thin  4x8  i 
Panel  Mounts   

Envelopes  for  Mailing,  and  Phila- 
delphia Carte  Envelopes    .  . 

1  10 

i  1  30 

80 
1  10 

1 

80  80 
1  00  1  00 

80 
1  00 

For  500  or  less  the  charge  is  95  Cents  for  each  lot. 
Imprint  in  Gilt,  double  the  above  prices. 


PRICE  PER  ONE  HUNDRED,  FOR  PRINTING  NAME  AND  ADDRESS,  WITH  LETTER-PRESS 
On  Cards      x  8i  to  22  x  28. 


STYLE  OF  PRINTING. 

IN  LOTS  OF 

On  Cards  63^  x  83^  to  11  x  14. 

100 

200 

300 

400 

500 

600  to 
1000 

With  Black  or  Colored  Ink 

1  15 

95 

80 

70 

63 

60 

In  Gilt  

1  35 

1  25 

1  05 

95 

90 

80 

On  Cards  12  x  14  to  16  x  20. 

With  Black  or  Colored^  Ink 

1  55 

1  15 

1  05 

95 

80 

60 

In  Gilt  

1  75 

1  55 

1  40 

1  35 

1  15 

1  00 

On  Cards  18  X  22  to  22  x  28. 

With  Black  or  Colored  Ink 

2  35 

1  95 

1  85 

1  75 

1  55 

1  31 

In  Gilt  

3  10 

2  70 

2  60 

2  50 

2  30 

2  20 

PRICE  FOR  PRINTING  BY  LETTER-PRESS, 

IN  GILT  OR  COLORS, 

No.  90,  AND  Thin,  Boudoir  and  Imperial  Gilt  Beveled 

Edge  Cards. 

DESCRIPTION. 

IN  LOTS  OF 

,  100 

200 

300 

400 

500 

1000 

2000 

No.  90,  2i  X  4i  to 
4i  X  9  .  .  .  . 

No.  90,  5  X  10  to 
7i  xl3   .  .  . 

Thin,  Boudoir  and 
Imperial  .   .  . 

95 
1  20 
95 

1  40 
1  70 

1  1  60 

1  63 

2  40 
1  80 

1  80 

3  00 

2  00 

1  95 
3  63 

2  20 

2  50 
5  00 
2  75 

4  38 

33 


EGG, 


PALETTE. 


LEAF. 
(Patented  Jan.  30th,  1883.) 


TRIANGLE. 


37 


M  P:  D  A  L  L  I  O  N  . 
Patented  April   3d  18^ 


30 


BELL. 


DESCRIPTIVE  CATALOGUE 

AND 

PRICE  LIST 

OF  THE 

Photographic  Apparatus 

MANUFACTURED  BY  THE 

AMERICAN  OPTICAL  CO. 


SOOVIX.L  MANXJFACTURIISrG^  CO. 
Proprietors  and  Managers. 


W.   IRVING  ADAMS,  Agent. 


SCOVILL  MANUFACTURING  CO. 


In  submitting  the  following  Descriptive  Price  List  of  the  American 
Optical  Company's  Photographic  Apparatus  to  the  notice  of  professional 
photographers,  the  manufacturers  beg  to  state  that  every  article  is  war- 
ranted, and  will  be  found  upon  examination  to  be  exactly  as  represented. 

This  apparatus  is  manufactured  in  New  York  City  under  our  immedi- 
ate personal  supervision,  and  as  we  employ  only  highly  skilled  workmen, 
and  use  nothing  but  the  choicest  selected  materials,  we  do  not  hesitate  to 
assert  that  the  products  of  our  factory  are  unequalled  in  durability,  excel- 
lence of  workmanship,  and  style  of  finish.  Their  superiority  is  now  freely 
conceded  not  onl)^  in  this  country,  but  throughout  England,  Germany,  Aus- 
tralia, Mexico,  the  West  Indies  and  South  America. 

Quality  being  considered,  our  prices  are  moderate,  as  the  same  grade 
of  apparatus  cannot  be  supplied  for  less  price. 

Dealers  in  photographic  stock  throughout  this  and  foreign  countries 
keep  our  apparatus  on  hand,  but  photographers  failing  to  find  it  where 
they  are  accustomed  to  purchase  may  send  their  orders  direct  to  the  manu- 
facturers. 

To  insure  attention,  all  orders  for  special  apparatus  must  be  accom- 
panied by  a  remittance,  covering  one-third  of  the  amount  of  proposed 
purchase. 

Our  apparatus  is  packed  with  the  utmost  care  by  experienced  and 
careful  packers,  hence  we  assume  no  responsibility  for  breakage  or  damage 
in  transportation. 

SOOVILL  MANUPAOTUEING  00., 


423  Broome  St.,  New  York. 


Photographic  Apparatus  Manufactured  by  the  American 
Optical  Company  J,  New  York. 


All  of  the  Cameras  described  in  this  Catalogue  are  supplied  at  the 
same  list  price,  whether  they  are  fitted  with  Solid  Glass  Corner,  Bonanza, 
or  either  of  the  styles  of  Dry  Plate  Holders. 

In  ordering  appai'attis^  parties  should  give  the  marginal  numbers  and  style 
in  full^  together  with  the  nuinber  of  the  page  of  this  Catalogue  on  zvhich  the 
same  is  described.  When  separate  Holde7's  are  ordered^  please  observe  directions 
given  on  page  57,  and  save  the  delay  occasioned  by  our  being  compelled  to  write 
for  the  outside  dimensions  or  a  diagram  of  the  holder  in  present  use. 

It  is  our  boast  that  we  are  progressive,  and  hence  our  Apparatus  is 
improved  when  it  is  found  practicable  to  make  changes  that  are  real  im- 
provements. This  may  cause  slight  departures  from  the  printed  description 
in  this  Catalogue,  but  please  remember  that  all  changes  are  for  the  better, 
and  that  we  thus  voluntarily  add  to  the  cost  of  production. 

We  beg  leave  to  emphasize  the  suggestion^  that  customers ^  by  giving  their 
orders  for  apparatus  befof^e  they  are  actually  in  want^  will  favor  us  greatly  and 
spare  themselves  annoyance  from  delays^  which  in  our  busiest  season  are  sometimes 
unavoidable^  and  at  the  same  time  we  can  give  better  satisfaction  and  more 
attention  to  their  commands. 


43 


PORTRAIT  CAMERAS. 


All  Portrait  Cameras  are  made  with  the  V-shaped  Wooden  Guide,  which 
we  think  is  superior  to  the  Metal  Guide  formerly  attached  to  them  Among 
the  many  improvements  attached  to  the  cameras  described  in  the  following 
list,  to  which  the  attention  of  operators  is  called,  is  the  Double  Swing-back, 
which  may,  during  the  earl^'  stages  of  construction,  be  attached  to  all  cam- 
eras, whether  portrait  or  view.  Any  operator  who  has  been  annoyed  by  being 
unable  to  reflect  the  image  upon  the  ground  glass  without  distortion,  will 
immediately  see  how  completely  this  arrangement  overcomes  the  difficulty. 

Very  often  it  is  desirable  to  get  a  little  more  of  the  lower  or  upper  part 
of  the  figure,  or  of  one  side  more  than  the  other  in  the  picture  than  can  be 
done  with  the  old  style  camera,  without  moving  the  person  or  the  camera. 
This  can  be  done  quickly  by  means  of  the  Double  Swing-Back,  which 
allows  the  operator  to  make  any  change,  laterally  or  vertically,  he  desires. 
After  the  figure  is  properly  delineated  on  the  ground  glass,  the  clamps  at 
the  side  enable  one  to  fasten  the  ground  glass  in  whatever  position  it  is 
wanted.  When  lenses  of  ver}-  short  focal  length  are  used,  the  face  is  very 
often  distorted,  unless  the  operator  tips  his  camera,  and  even  then  he  is  apt 
to  get  the  face  elongated  or  widened,  unless  he  be  very  careful.  The 
Swing-back  is  a  time-saver,  and  helps  the  operator  at  once  to  overcome  the 
trouble  spoken  of.  It  is  desirable  with  ^//lenses.  As  it  is  a  very  impor- 
tant matter,  we  will  make  a  little  extract  on  this  subject,  from  Mr.  Lake 
Price's  book,  "  Photographic  Manipulation."    See  page  62. 


Extra  Quality  Portrait  Cameras^  with  Reversible 

Shields. 

The  following  Cameras  are  manufactured  from  the  best  mahogany, 
French  polished,  with  India-rubber  bellows,  the  V-shaped  wooden  guide, 


and,  in  sizes  up  to  8  x  10,  with  a  patent  focusing  cam.    Larger  sizes,  8  x  ic 

44 


and  upward,  are  furnished  with  our  Lever  Focusing  Attachment,  by  which 
the  most  delicate  focus  can  be  adjusted  with  the  utmost  facility  and  ease. 

SIZES  AND   PRICES  OF   PORTRAIT  CAMERAS. 

Without  Single  Double 

No.      Size.  To  cover  plates.  Swing.  Swing-back.  Swing-back. 

I  1-4  3^  X   4l  inches. ....  .$12  00  $16  00  $20  00 

2..., 1-2  4?  X   sh      "    17  00   22  00   27  00 

3.... 4-4  62  X   Sh      "    33  GO   38  00  43  GO 

4. . .  .Extra  4-4.  .  .  .8   x  10       "    38  gg  43  og  47  50 

4^   IG    X  12  "    47  50   55  GG   60  GG 

5  II     XI4  "    55  GG   64  GG   71  GG 

6.  ..  .Mammoth.. .  14   x  17       "   68  gg   78  gg   88  go 

7   "  ..17     X2G    85   50   95  GG  105  GO 

ya...  "  ..20     X24  "   IGG  OG  no  OG  115  00 

yd...        "        ..25   X  30       "   15000  16000   17500 

Note. — A  large  size  shield  will  be  supplied,  fitted  with  a  glass  bottle  at 
the  bottom  to  receive  the  silver  solution  dripping  from  the  plate  or  a  Bonanza 
Holder,  if  so  desired  and  specified  in  the  order. 


Attachments  for  Portrait  Cameras 

(American  Optical  Co.'s  make,  5  to  7  inclusive). 


Consisting  of  a  Carriage  and  Bonanza  Holder.  These  attachments  can, 
without  bother,  be  laid  aside  when  large-sized  pictures  are  to  be  taken,  and 
be  replaced  when  Imperial  work  is  to  be  executed,  for  which  service  they 
are  available,  from  the  size  specified  down  to  the  smallest  Imperial 
work . 


In  ordering  these,  it  will  be  necessary  to  specif}^  camera  in  use,  and  the 
outside  size  at  the  back,  to  guard  against  possibility  of  error. 

Attachment,  Camera. 

8  X  10  for  No.  5,  II  X  14.  .$25  50 

8  X  10       "     6,  14  X  17.  .  28  50 

10  X  12  6,  14  X  17.     34  25 

8  X  10       "     7,  17  X  2G  .  32  75 


Attachment,  Camera. 
10  X  12  for  No.  7,  17  X  20. 
8  X  10  20  X  24. . 

IG  X  12  "  ^a,  90  X  24. . 
IG  X  12        '    'ja,  20  X  24. . 


P3«  GO 

38  50 

44  25 

50  GO 


4^ 


The  American  Optical  Company's  Gem,  Card  and 
Unlyersal  Cameras. 


We  make  several  styles  of  Gem  Cameras.  The  above  cut  represents 
our  four-tube  Gem  Camera,  which  is  as  complete  and  useful  a  piece  of 
apparatus  as  can  be  condensed  in  the  amount  of  space  it  occupies.  It  is 
perfect  in  all  its  parts,  accurate,  and  guaranteed  to  work  satisfactorily  the 
first  time  a  plate  is  exposed  in  it.  It  has  all  the  little  contrivances  we  have 
before  described  as  belonging  to  our  Portrait  Cameras  applied  to  it  to 
make  it  perfect. 

No.  8. — Gem  Camera  for  twelve  pictures  on  a*i-4  plate,  using  twelve 


tubes  ;  i-g  to  1-2  sizes,  reversible,  using  one  tube  ;  and 

two  cards  on  a  1-2  plate,  using  two  tubes   $23  50 

*'    9. — The  same  Camera  fitted  with  twelve  tubes   57  00 

"  10. — The  same  Camera  fitted  with  four  additional  tubes  for  mak- 
ing four  pictures  on  a  1-4  plate   68  00 

"  II. — For  four,  eight,  twelve  and  sixteen  on  a  1-4  plate;   1-9  to 

1-2,  reversible,  and  two  cards  on  a  1-2  plate   33  00 

*'  12. — The  above  fitted  with  four  Darlot  tubes  (see  cut  above).  ...    45  00 

13.  — Card  Camera  for  two  cards  on  a  1-2  plate,  using  one  tube, 

and  1-9  to  1-2  pictures,  reversible.    (The  "Chicago  Cam- 
era."   For  description,  see  page  47)   26  00 

14.  — 4-4  Card  Camera,  covered  front,  for  four  cards,  using  four 

tubes,  with  side  doors  for  adjusting  the  focus   38  00 

15.  — 9X  II  Card  Camera,  covered  front,  for  eight  cards,  using 

four  tubes,  with  side  doors  for  adjusting  the  focus,  side- 
way  movement     57  00 

**  16. — 4-4  Card  Camera  for  four  cards,  using  two  tubes,  upright 

movement   38  00 

17.  — 4-4  Universal  Camera  for  four  cards,  using  two  tubes,  and 

1-6  to  4-4  pictures,  reversible,  using  one  tube,  sideway 
movement   36  00 

18.  — 4-4  Universal  Camera  for  four  cards,  using  two  tubes,  and 

1-6  to  4-4  pictures,  reversible,  using  one  tube,  sideway 
carriage  movement   42  50 

Bonanza  Holders  cannot  be  put  on  these  Cameras. 
46 


i 


No.  19. — 8  X  10  Universal  Camera  for  four  cards  on  a  4-4  plate,  using 
two  tubes,  and  1-6  to  8  x  10  pictures,  reversible,  using  one 

tube,  upright  movement   I47  50 

"  20. — 8  X  10  Universal  Camera  for  four  cards  on  a  4-4  plate,  using 
two  tubes,  and  1-6  to  8  x  10  pictures,  reversible,  using  one 
tube,  sideway  movement   47  50 

Card  Cameras  fitted  with  the  double-card  attachment,  for  making  two 
different  pictures  of  the  same  subject  in  different  positions  on  the  same 
card,  $5  additional  charge. 

Bonanza  Holders  are  not  put  on  above  Cameras. 


The  Chicago  Card  Camera. 


This  is  a  Camera  adapted  for  making  two  card  pictures  on  one  plate 
with  one  tube,  and  at  the  same  time  so  arranged  with  holders  and  tablets 
that  the  regular  sizes,  from  i-g  to  1-2  size,  may  be  made  with  one  tube. 
Until  this  camera  was  made  by  the  American  Optical  Company,  the  frater- 
nity had  to  put  up  with  one  of  a  very  inferior  grade.  We  have  paid  especial 
attention  to  quality  and  strength,  as  well  as  to  beauty.  It  meets  with  an 
unexpected  acceptance  and  demand.  We  call  it  "The  Chicago  Card  Cam- 
era." The  drawing  above  shows  a  rear  and  a  front  view  of  the  camera.  It 
will  be  seen  that  it  is  supplied  with  the  Swing-back — although  made  with- 
out— with  fine  Focusing  Screws,  V-shaped  Wooden  Guides,  Diaphragms, 
etc.,  and  that  no  pains  have  been  spared  to  make  it  good  and  exact.  We 
recommend  it  to  the  attention  of  all  who  desire  a  really  good  camera. 

No.  13. — Chicago  Card  Camera  for  two  cards  on  a  4^x6^  plate, 

and  i-g  to  1-2  size  pictures,  reversible   $26  00 

"        The  same,  with  double  swing-back   36  00 


Bonanza  Holders  are  not  put  on  this  Camera. 
47 


The  New  Victoria  Camera. 


The  introduction  of  the  beautiful  new  size  of  photograph,  called  in 
America  the  "Victoria,"  in  Prussia  the  "Format,"  and  in  Austriathe  "Eliza- 
beth," made  it  necessary  to  manufacture  still  another  camera  to  accommo- 
date it.  This  we  have  done,  making  it  somewhat  after  the  model  of  the 
Imperial,  only  adapting  it  to  smaller  sizes.  It  works  a  5  x  7  plate,  and 
may  be  used  t  )  make  two  Victoria  cards,  using  one  tube,  on  a  5  x  7  plate  ; 
four  cartes-de-visite,  using  four  1-4  tubes,  on  a  5  x  7  plate  ;  and  by  revers- 
ing the  four  lenses  it  will  make  eight  "  bon  tons,"  on  a  5  x  7  plate.  It  also 
makes  all  regular  sizes,  from  1-6  to  5  x  7,  using  one  tube.  Four  1-4  lenses 
only  accompany  the  camera  when  it  is  ordered  fitted. 

The  above  illustration  is  a  fair  representation.  It  is  a  charming  piece 
of  apparatus  aid  works  admirably.  A  novelty  we  have  introduced  with 
it  is  the  catch  which  keeps  the  carriage  movement  in  place  when  the 
camera  is  used  as  a  multiplier.  It  is  a  great  improvement  on  the  old 
contrivance. 


The  styles  are  : 

No.  21. — Victoria  Card  Camera,  with  four  1-4  tubes  only  $56  00 

"  without  tubes   36  00 

"  21(1. — New  style,  using  two  1-4  size  tubes  only  (without  tubes).  .     36  00 

"  with  two  1-4  size  tubes   46  00 

N.B. — V'/ilh  t  lis  latter  camera,  which  has  only  two  1-4  tubes,  the  same 
work  can  he  done  as  with  the  four-tube  Victoria  Camera.  It  is  the  only  two- 
tube  camera  that  will  do  this  work.  The  front  block  separates  according 
to  the  size  required.  Formerly  these  cameras  were  not  made  high  enough 
for  a  Bonanza  Holder,  but  now  they  are  made  so  that  it  may  be  fitted  with 
either  an  S.  G.  C.  or  Bonanza  Holder. 

48 


The  Imperial  or  Cabinet  Portrait  Cameras. 


Our  Imperial  Cabinet"  Camera  is  one  of  the  most  useful  and  accept- 
able that  we  have  ever  produced,  and  it  has  probably  done  more  than  is 
generall}'  accredited  to  it  toward  the  production  of  the  imperial  or  cabinet 
size  of  portraits.  We  have  allowed  no  pains  to  be  spared  in  our  works  to 
have  it  answer  exactly  all  the  requirements  that  could  be  made  of  it,  and  to 
make  it  perfect  in  all  its  parts. 

The  above  illustration  shows  it  in  all  its  beautiful  proportions.  It 
is  provided  with  the  India-rubber  Bellows,  the  Double  Swing-back,  the 
Swinging  Ground  Glass,  the  Lever  Focusing  Adjuster,  and  the  V-shaped 
Guides  on  the  platform.  The  frame  which  carries  the  holder  has  a  hori- 
zontal carriage  movement,  which,  with  the  internal  diaphragm  provided, 
enables  the  operator  to  make  with  this  camera  of  the  8  x  lo  size  the  follow- 
ing sizes  and  st34es  : 

Two  promenade  or  imperial  cards  on  an  8  x  lo  plate,  using  one  4-4 
tube  ;  any  size  single  picture  from  1-4  to  8  x  10  ;  two  cards  on  a  4f  x  6^  or 
5x8  plate,  using  a  1-2  size  lens. 

It  will  be  observed,  then,  that  this  camera  may  be  used  for  all  single 
portraits  up  to  8  x  10  size,  and  for  two  promenades  or  imperials  on  one 
8  x  10  plate.  A  smaller  diaphragm  enables  you  to  make  two  cards  on  a 
5x8  plate.    The  same  style  of  camera  is  made  in  4-4  size. 

The  10  X  12  Imperial  Camera  is  the  same  as  the  8  x  10  Imperial  and  4-4, 
only  larger.  All  the  Imperial  Cameras  can  be  arranged  so  as  to  take  four 
cards  and  tw^o  Victoria  or  card  size  with  two  1-2  lenses  (simply  by  reversing 
the  front  board,  which  requires  an  extra  diaphragm). 

Without  DouDle 


Swing.  Swing-back. 

No.  22. — 4-4  Imperial  Camera                                    $42  50  $52  00 

"    23.—  8  X  10                                                            47  50  57  00 

"    24. — 10x12           "                                                 52  00  66  50 

"    24<2.  11x14               "                                                                      70  00  80  00 

24^. — 14x17                                                        90  00  10000 


Bonanza  Holders  can  be  put  on  these  Cameras. 
49 


Boston  Imperial  Camera. 


The  II  X  14  Boston  Imperial  Camera  is  the  same  as  an  11  x  14  Portrait 
Camera,  with  the  addition  of  an  8  x  10  Carriage  and  an  8  x  10  Bonanza 
Holder,  and  is  used  to  make  two  imperials  on  an  8  x  10  or  4-4  plate,  using 
one  4-4  lens  ;  two  cards  on  a  5  x  8  plate,  using  one  1-2  size  lens  ;  two  large 
panel  pictures,  6  x  10  inches  in  size,  can  also  be  made,  and  regular  work 
from  II  x  14  to  1-4  inclusive. 

No.  24c\ — II  X  14  Boston  Imperial  Camera,  double  swing-back.  .  .    $90  00 


The  Royal  Camera. 


This  Camera  does  precisely  the  same  work  as  an  Imperial  Camera,  and 
has  all  of  the  latest  improvements.  It  has  a  carriage  for  the  plate-holder, 
and  the  ground  glass  is  where  it  is  always  read)'  to  be  brought  into  use. 
When  the  operator  brings  the  plate-holder  from  the  dark  room,  he  slides  it 
into  the  carriage  instead  of  placing  it  on  the  floor  or  some  other  incon- 
venient place  while  he  obtains  the  focus.  After  securing  the  desired  focus, 
he  merely  slides  the  ground  glass  to  one  side,  in  place  of  removing  it,  and 
simultaneously  brings  the  plate-holder  into  place. 

8  X  10  Royal  Camera,  double  swing-back   $57  00 

10  X  12           "                 "              *'        .  ,   66  50 

11  X  14           "                 "              "    85  00 

14  X  17           **                 "              "    100  00 


Above  the  8  x  10  size  an  extra  ground  glass  is  supplied  for  use  in 
focusing  when  pictures  of  groups  are  being  taken. 

Bonanza  Holders  can  be  and  generally  are  put  on  these  Cameras. 

50 


The  American  Optical  Company's  Multiplying 
Cameras. 


The  gem  of  all  Gem  Cameras  is  the  American  Optical  Company's  8  x  lo 
Multiplying  Camera,  which  is  represented  by  the  double  figure  above.  It 
is  not  duplicated  by  any  other  manufactory  in  the  world,  neither  is  there 
any  other  which  approaches  it  in  design  and  accuracy.  One  view  shows 
the  rear  and  the  other  the  front  of  the  camera.  Its  regulation  and  move- 
ments hardly  need  to  be  described  if  the  drawings  are  carefully  examined. 
It  is  supplied  with  nine  gem  tubes  to  work  by  sliding  movements  vertically 
and  horizontally,  with  assorted  diaphragms,  catches,  scales,  and  so  on,  sim- 
ple in  their  nature,  yet  working  like  an  automaton,  which,  combined,  make 
one  of  the  most  perfect  and  desirable  of  cameras.  It  has  been  lately  im- 
proved by  the  supplying  of  a  register  directly  in  front  and  a  carriage  at  the 
back,  and  all  are  now  made  after  that  pattern  ;  consequently,  when  holders 
are  ordered  for  Multiplying  Cameras,  it  will  be  necessary  to  specify  whether 
the  camera  in  use  has  a  carriage  or  not. 

No.  25. — 8  X  10.  This  camera  will  make  seventy-two,  thirty-six  and 
eighteen  gems  on  a  7  x  10  plate  ;  nine  gems  on  a  5  x  7  plate  ;  eight  1-4  size 
cards  on  a  7  x  10  plate,  using  two  1-4  or  1-3  lenses  ;  eight  cards,  using  one 
lens  for  copying,  on  a  7  x  10  plate  ;  four  small  imperials  or  four  Victoria 
cards  on  a  7  x  10  plate,  using  a  4-4  lens  ;  two  cabinets  on  a  7  x  10  plate, 
using  a  4-4  lens  ;  regular  work  from  1-4  to  8  x  10  inclusive. 

When  arranged  so  as  to  take  eight  cards  with  four  lenses,  it  requires 
another  diaphragm. 

The  holders  contain  two  sets  of  kits  for  ferrotypes  and  ne  natives.  The 
latter  with  glass  corners: 

Unfitted  (that  is,  without  any  tubes)  $85  50 

Fitted  with  nine  1-9  Darlot  tubes  =   109  00 

"  "  and  two  1-4  Darlot  tubes    118  00 

"  "  four  1-4  " .    128  00 

Solid  Glass  Corner  Holders  only  put  on  these  Cameras. 
51 


VIEW  CAMERAS. 


No  pains  have  been  spared  to  approximate  perfection  in  the  construc- 
tion of  these  Cameras.  They  are  made  as  light  and  delicate  as  possible 
with  due  regard  to  strength  and  durability. 

Cone  View  Cameras. 

The  figure  represents  our  8  x  lo  Single  Swing-back  View  Camera,  cone 
bellows  partly  extended.  This  bellows  is  much  lighter  than  the  ordinary 
style,  and  may  be  shut  much  more  closely.  Being  very  small  on  the  front, 
still  greater  lightness  is  attained  at  no  expense  of  strength. 


For  Without  Single  Double 

No.                                      View.  Swing,  Swing-back.  Swing-back. 

51  Cone  View  Camera,      x  5I,  revers.  kits,  $26  00  $31  00  $36  00 

52  "              "        6^  x  8|  "  38  00  43  00  47  50 

53  "         8x10  "  43  00  47  50  52  00 

54  "              "        10x12  "  57  00  61  50  66  00 

55  "        II  X  14  "  66  00  74  GO  78  GO 

56  "                   "           14x17  "  76  00  85   50  90  GO 

57  "              "        17x20  "  90  00  100  GO  105  GO 

58  "                               20x24  "  105   GO  114  GO  124  GO 


Bonanza  Holders  can  be  put  on  these  Cameras. 

Vieiv  Cameras  without  the  cone-shaped  bellows  and  with  ordina7y  belloivs 
are  now  made  to  order  when  desired.  * 

52 


The  Venus  Camera. 


It  is  very  strong,  solid  and  compact.  It  is  the  American  Optical  Com- 
pany's Cone  Bellows  View  Camera,  double  swing-back,  with  the  addition 
of  a  stereo,  attachment  and  a  5  x  8  kit.  Its  capacity  is  1-4,  1-2,  4-4,  5x8  and 
8  X  10  pictures,  reversible,  with  one  tube,  and  stereos,  on  5x  8  plate,  with 
two  tubes. 

The  brass  binding  formerly  put  on  these  cameras  has  now  been  dis- 
pensed with,  as  it  was  not  needed  for  strength  ;  it  added  greatly  to  the 
weight  of  the  camera,  and  required  considerable  care  to  be  kept  bright. 
The  improved  Venus  Camera,  8  x  10  size,  weighs  but  eight  pounds.  The 
reduction  in  weight  has  been  accomplished  without  sacrifice  of  strength  or 
any  requisite  of  merit.  In  fact,  the  camera  is  now  pronounced  to  be  perfect 
in  all  its  parts  and  the  maximum  of  beaut)^ 


This  new  pattern  of  a  View  Camera  has  no  equal  in  beauty  of  design  or 
lightness.  The  growing  use  of  dry  plates  and  the  desire  for  rapid  exposures 
led  to  its  introduction,  and  because  it  adds  to  the  grace  and  celerity  of  view 
taking  it  has  become  vastly  popular.  A  novel  arrangement  of  a  detachable 
carriage  at  the  back  combines  such  a  multiplicity  of  adjustments  in  itself 
that  a  dry-plate  holder  7nay  be  reversed  or  be  set  for  either  an  8  x  10  upidght  or 
horizontal pictwe — all  of  these  movements  without  once  changing  the  dry  plate 
holder  in  the  carriage,  which  maybe  made  to  take  an  S.  G.  C.  or  any  pattern 


of  dry  plate  holder,  but  not  a  Bonanza  Holder. 


Without 

Single 

Double 

No 

For  View. 

Swing. 

Swing-back, 

Swing-back. 

351  Cone  View  Camera,  4^  x  5I,  reversible 

$26  00 

$31  00 

$36  00 

5x7 

35  00 

40  00 

45  00 

352 

6ix8i 

38  GO 

43  00 

48  00 

353 

8x10 

43  00 

47  00 

52  00 

354 

10  X  12 

57  00 

61  00 

66  00 

355 

"        II  X  14 

66  00 

74  00 

78  00 

356 

14x17 

76  00 

85  00 

90  00 

357 

"       17x20  " 

go  00 

100  00 

105  00 

35S 

20  X  24 

105  00 

114  00 

124  00 

Reversible  Back  Venus  Camera  — 

47  00 

52  00 

57  00 

When  extra  plate  holders  are  desired  for  the  Reversible-back  View 
Cameras,  be  sure  to  specify  that  you  have  this  new  pattern. 


Price 


le  Double 
►ack.  Swing-back. 
DO  $57  00 


Reversible-back  View  Camera. 


FLAMMANG'S    PATENT    REVOLVING  BACK 
CAMERAS. 


EACH  INCASED  IN  A  CANVAS  BAG,  WITH  HANDLE. 


"  These  are  the  finest  View  Cameras  ever  constructed,"  so  says 
every  photographer  who  has  examined  any  of  them,  and  this  ex- 
clamation is  not  merely  a  tribute  to  the  beauty  and  grace  of  their 
design,  for  invariably  the  desire  has  at  the  same  time  been 
expressed  to  possess  one  of  these  truly  novel  and  substantial 
Cameras. 

Wherein  lies  the  merit  and  attractiveness  of  the  devolving  Back 
Camera,  that  photographers  want  to  cast  aside  cameras  now  in 
use  and  procure"one  of  this  new  pattern  }  Briefly  stated,  it  enables 
the  view  taker  to  secure  either  an  upright  or  a  horizontal  picture 
without  changing  the  plate  holder  after  it  has  been  slid  into  the 
carriage.  No  other  camera  can  with  such  wondrous  ease  and 
celerity  be  changed  from  the  vertical  to  the  upright  or  vice  versa, 

54 


The  carriage  is  simply  turned  about  in  the  circle  and  automatic- 
ally fastened.  By  this  latter  provision  the  carriage  may  be  secured 
at  either  quarter  of  the  circle.  Ordinarily,  the  slide  will  be  drawn 
out  of  the  holder  to  the  right ;  but,  in  certain  confined  situations, 
the  ability  to  withdraw  the  slide  to  the  left  enables  the  photog- 
rapher to  obtain  a  view  which  he  could  not  get  with  the  usual 
provision  in  a  camera.  The  photographer  of  experience  is  well 
aware  of  the  difficulty,  when  taking  an  upright  picture  with  a 
large  camera,  of  reaching  up  to  draw  out  the  slide  at  the  top,  and, 
what  is  more  essential,  of  getting  out  the  slide  without  fogging 
the  plate  in  the  holder. 

Grace  and  strength  are  combined  in  the  Revolving  Back 
Camera,  and  its  highly  desirable  features  are  gained  without  the 
sacrifice  of  steadiness  or  any  other  essential  principle  in  a  good 
camera.  Indeed,  its  merit  is  such  that  outdoor  photography  has 
been  advanced  and  made  more  attractive  by  its  introduction. 

For  a  more  detailed  description  read  Photographic  Times  for 
May,  1883. 

PRICE  LIST. 


Revolving  Back  Cameras,  each  Incased  in  a  Canvas  Bag,  with  Handle, 
above  ii  x  14  size,  with  two  handles. 


No. 

Plain. 

Single 
Swing. 

Double 
Swing. 

550A. 

For  View  4 

X 

$26  00 

$31  00 

$36  00 

551. 

4i 

X 

5i  -          -  .... 

, . .    28  00 

33  00 

38  00 

551  A. 

5 

X 

7 

30  00 

35  00 

40  00 

551 B. 

5 

X 

8 

30  00 

35  00 

40  00 

552. 

6^ 

X 

8i  -         -  .... 

40  00 

45  00 

50  00 

553. 

8 

X 

10  ^' 

.    45  00 

50  00 

55  00 

554. 

10 

X 

12 

60  00 

65  00 

70  00 

555. 

11 

X 

14 

70  00 

77  50 

82  50 

556. 

14 

X 

17  " 

80  00 

90  00 

95  00 

557. 

17 

X 

20  " 

.    95  00 

105  00 

110  00 

558. 

20 

X 

24 

, , ,  110  00 

120  00 

130  00 

559. 

25 

X 

30 

,  150  00 

165  00 

175  00 

These  Cameras  are  fitted  with  Daisy  Dry  Plate  Holders. 


Please  state,  when  ordering,  whether  front  or  back  focus 
is  desired. 

55 


STEREOSCOPIC  CAIEMS. 


The  Model  Stereo.  Camera. 

This  is  the  lightest  and  most  compact  Wet  Plate  Camera  ever  made  for 
plates  of  the  size  below  mentioned.  It  combines  every  desirable  feature  in 
a  stereo,  camera,  and  is  superior  to  all  others  yet  introduced  in  that  it  has  no 
loose  piece  or  part  of  any  description.  It  is  made  with  vertical  sliding 
front  for  adjusting  foreground  and  sky.  These  cameras  are  the  only  ones 
made  in  this  country  which  combine  portability  and  lightness  with  dura- 
bility and  perfect  accuracy — qualities  which  every  operator  will  appreciate, 
and  which  have  heretofore  been  overlooked  by  apparatus  makers. 

The  Model  Cameras  now  made  have  the  ground  glass  frame  arranged 
in  focus  for  both  wet  and  dry  plate  work.  An  illustration  is  not  supplied,  as 
they  so  nearly  resemble  the  camera  next  described. 

Without  Single 
Swing.  Swing-back. 

For  stereo,  and  single  views,  reversible,  on  plates, 

4  X  7,  4  X  8,  5  X  8   .    $28  00  $33  00 


The  Philadelphia  Stereo.  Camera. 


This  Camera  is  so  arranged  that  the  center  diaphragm  maybe  removed, 
the  front  changed  and,  with  one  tube,  vertical  or  horizontal  single  views 
may  be  made  with  it,  as  well  as  all  classes  of  stereoscopic  views. 

The  first  illustration  represents  the  camera  as  it  is  used  for  ordinary 
stereoscopic  work.    It  is  a  perfect  piece  of  workmanship — beautiful,  strong 


No  Bonanza  Holders  put  on  these  Cameras. 
50 


and  light — combining  all  the  little  neat  parts  that  go  to  making  up  a  fine 
piece  of  apparatus.  It  has  rubber  bellows.  The  platform  is  hinged  so  that 
it  may  fold  up  compactly  ;  the  focusing  cam  enables  one  to  focus  exactly 
and  quickly  ;  the  swing-back,  which  is  indispensable  for  landscape  work,  is 
attached  ;  the  front  raises  and  lowers,  and  the  holder  is  made  to  fit  on  dowel 
pins,  which  arrangement  is  far  preferable  to  sliding  the  holder.  The  ground 
glass  is  hinged  fast.  The  second  figure  represents  the  camera  turned  over 
on  its  side  for  the  purpose  of  making  an  upright  single  view  with  one  tube. 
The  partition  or  diaphragm  (A)  is  removed,  so  the  plate  is  not  obstructed 
or  divided  ;  C  is  a  clasp  which  holds  the  holder  in  place  when  the  exposure 
is  being  made,  and  at  ^  is  a  clasp  and  screw  which  keeps  the  holder  at  a 
proper  swing  or  angle  when  it  is  necessary  to  use  the  swing-back.  Z>Z>  are 
screws  which  bind  the  platform  to  the  camera  when  in  use.  Dr.  Vogel 
carried  one  of  these  cameras  back  to  German)^  with  him,  and  it  accompanies 
him  on  all  his  expeditions. 

Without  Single 
.  .  -ui     f        1  .        Swing.  Swing-back. 

For  stereo,  and  single  views,  reversible,  for  plates 

4  X  7,  4  X  8,  or  5  X  8  inches   $28  00  $33  00 

The  Newton  Stereo.  Camera. 

(For  making  two  pictures  on  a  61x8^  plate.) 

The  plan  of  this  Camera  was  suggested  by  Mr.  Henry  J.  Newton,  of 
New  York,  the  celebrated  amateur.  The  camera  differs  from  the  Double 
Stereo.  Camera  we  formerly  made  in  that  two  lenses  are  used  instead  of 
four  for  making  stereo,  negatives. 

The  pair  of  lenses  are  mounted  on  a  front,  with  bellows  attachment,  so 
constructed  that  they  may  be  shifted  upward  and  downward  for  making  an 
exposure  on  each  half  of  the  plate. 

Price,  without  swing.   $52  00 

Bierstadt's  Pantoscopic  Camera. 

This  Camera  is  the  invention  of  Mr.  Edward  Bierstadt,  the  first  practi- 
cal worker  of  the  Albertype  Printing  Process  in  America,  and  one  of  its 
present  owners.  The  view  taker  who  employs  such  a  camera  finds  that 
grand  possibilities,  by  its  aid,  become  verities — pictures  with  perfect  detail 
and  freedom  from  distortion. 

It  is  a  model  of  simplicity,  and  may  be  successfully  operated  by  any 
photographer.  The  movement  of  the  plate  holder  is  produced  by  clockwork 
so  perfectly  adapted  that  the  light  is  admitted  from  the  lens  through  a  nar- 
row, perpendicular  slot  in  the  holder,  and  travels  transversely  from  one  end 
of  the  plate  to  the  other,  embracing  an  angle  of  120  degrees.  By  this  means 
the  lens  always  works  from  its  centre  only,  hence  the  negative  is  as  free 
from  distortion  and  as  well  defined  on  the  edges  as  in  the  centre. 

Mr.  Morrison  has  made  a  special  Lens  for  use  with  this  Camera. 

Price  of  Camera  and  Lens,  complete,  for  pictures  12  x  24  inches.  .  $150  00 
Special  sizes  made  to  order. 
57 


STANDARD  QUALITY  OAIEMS. 


American  Optical  Company's  Standard  Quality  Portrait 

Cameras, 

To  meet  the  wants  of  a  large  class  of  customers  who  give  preference  to 
the  cameras  of  our  manufacture  over  those  of  all  others,  we  have  been  induced 
to  put  into  the  market  a  cheaper  class  of  cameras,  not  so  highly  finished  as 
our  extra  quality  goods,  and  without  swing-back,  but,  at  the  same  time,  g-ood, 
well  made,  ii'ue  and  reliable  cameras,  and,  without  question,  the  best  of  their 
class  in  the  market.  We  can  recommend  them  as  being  of  superior  work- 
manship when  compared  with  others  of  the  same  price. 


No.  141— 1-4  size,  reversible,  for  plate  3i  x  4J  inches   $9  50 

"    142— 1-2    "          "                      4ix  5i    13  00 

143—  4-4    "           "              "        6.Vx8i    1700 

144 —  Ex.  4-4,        "             "          8x10     "   23  00 

145 —  "  "  8  X  10  "  with  focus  rack  25  00 
"    146 — 10  X  12  size,  reversible,  with  focus  rack   34  00 

147—  II  X  14       "                                "   40  00 

148—  14  X  17                        "               -    50  00 

"    149— 17  X  20                        "    66  50 

150 — 44  X  6^  Boston  Card  Camera,  for  two  cards,  using  two  tubes.  9  50 
"    151 — 4-4,  reversible,  with  attachment  for  two  cards  on  4i  x  6^ 

plates,  using  two  tubes   24  00 

152 — 4  X  7,  4x8  or  5x8  stereo,  camera   19  00 


In  the  last  case,  the  size  of  plate  desired  must  be  specified. 


The  Standard  Cameras  are  all  fitted  with  Glass  Corners, 
58 


American  Optical  Company's  Standard  Gem 
Cameras. 


.  153. — *  New  York  Gem,"  complete,  with  four  1-9  Darlot  tubes  ; 

will  make  four,  eight  and  sixteen  pictures  on  a  1-4 

plate,  two  cards  on  a  1-2  plate,  1-9  to  1-2,  reversible  . .  $28  00 

Without  the  four  1-9  tubes   18  00 

154.  — 1-4  size  Gem  Camera,  with  four  Darlot  tubes,  complete  ; 

will  make  four  pictures  on  a  1-4  plate,  and  1-9  to  1-4, 
reversible   23  00 

Without  the  four  1-9  tubes. .  .    11  00 

155.  — 1-2  size  Gem  Camera,  with  six  Darlot  tubes  ;  will  make 

six  pictures  on  a  1-2  plate,  and  1-9  to  1-2,  reversible..  .    34  00 

Without  the  six  1-9  tubes   17  00 

155^. — 5  X  7  size  Gem  Camera,  with  four  Darlot  tubes,  complete  ; 

will  make  four  pictures  on  a  5  x  7  plate,  and  regular 

work — not  reversible — 1-4  to  5  x  7    32  00 

Without  the  four  1-4  tubes   11  00 


The  holder  and  kits  for  the  above  camera  are  rabbeted. 

156.  — 4-4  size  Gem  Camera,  with  tv/elve  Darlot  tubes  ;  will 

make  twelve  pictures  on  a  4-4  plate,  and  1-6  to  6^  x  8J, 
reversible  ,  

Without  the  twelve  1-9  tubes  

157.  — 4-4  size  Gem  Camera,  with  four  1-4  tubes  ;  will  make 

four  pictures  on  a  6J  x  8|-  plate,  and  regular  work  1-6 

to  4-4  

Without  the  four  1-4  tubes  


57 

23  00 

42  50 
23  00 


No  Bonanza  Holders  put  on  these  Cameras. 
59 


Scoviirs  Enlargiiig3  Reducing,  and  Copying  Camera* 


8  X  10  size.    Price,  $35.00. 


The  form  of  construction  of  this  new  Camera  is  made  apparent 
by  the  illustration  here  shown.  The  experienced  copyist  will  not 
need  any  such  simple  directions  for  use  as  we  append. 

DIRECTIONS  FOR  USE. 

To  copy  a  negative  in  the  natural  size,  place  it  in  the  kit  on  the 
front  of  Camera  and  button  it  in.  Attached  to  the  center  frame 
of  the  Camera  is  a  division  upon  which,  on  the  side  toward  the 
Camera  front,  a  Lens  is  mounted.  Suppose  this  to  be  a  quarter- 
plate  Portrait  Lens,  the  focal  length  of  which  we  will  suppose  to 
be  4  inches — draw  back  the  center  frame  and  the  Lens  twice  the 
focal  length  of  the  Lens  (8  inches)  ;  slide  the  back  frame  with 
ground  glass  the  same  distance  from  the  center  frame.  To  en- 
large with  the  same  Lens  to  eight  times  the  size  of  the  original, 
the  center  of  the  Lens  must  be  4^  inches  from  the  negative,  and 
the  ground  glass  be  36  inches  from  the  center  of  the  Lens.  To 
reduce  in  the  same  proportion,  reverse  and  have  36  inches  from 
the  center  of  the  Lens  to  the  negative,  and  from  the  center  of 
Lens  to  ground  glass  4^  inches. 

These  examples  will  furnish  a  key  to  the  following  table  * 


60 


TABLE  FOR  ENLARGEMENTS. 
Copied  from  the  ''''British  Jowmal  Almanac  for  1882. 


Focus  OF  Lens. 


Times  of  Enlargement  and  Reduction. 


1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

In. 

In. 

In. 

In. 

In. 

In. 

In. 

In. 

In. 

4 

() 

10 

12 

14 

16 

18 

2 

4 

3 

234^ 

21 

3J 

5 
5 

^% 

10 

3i 

15 
3 

20 

22i 

"^1  6 

6 

y 

12 

15 

18 

21 

24 

27 

3 

6 

^% 

4 

33^ 

3| 

3f 

31 

3^ 

7 
7 

14 

43^ 

21 

^5 

24i 

28 
4 

3H 
3H 

4 

12 

16 

20 

24 

28 

32 

36 

8 

6 

5 

4f 

4.2 

4K 

9 
9 

131^ 
6M 

18 
6 

221^ 

27 
5f 

31i 

36 

40i 

10 

15 

20 

25 

30 

35 

40 

45 

5 

10 

"73 

6^ 

6 

^6 

5f 

5f 

11 
11 

16W 

22 

271/^^ 
6^ 

33 
6i 

384 

44 

6f 

49i 

12 

18 

24 

30 

36 

42 

48 

54 

6 

12 

9 

8 

7 

6f 

6f 

14 

21 

28 

35 

42 

49 

56 

63 

7 

14 

8f 

8 

77 

16 

24 

32 

40 

48 

56 

64 

72 

8 

16 

12 

10 

9 

18 

27 

36 

45 

54 

63 

72 

81 

9 

18 

13K 

12 

111^ 

lOf 

lOf 

lOi 

It  is  assumed  that  the  photographer  knows  exactly  what  the 
focus  of  his  lens  is,  and  that  he  is  able  to  measure  accurately 
from  its  optical  center.  The  use  of  the  table  will  be  seen  from 
the  following  illustration  : — A  photographer  has  a  carte  to  enlarge 
to  four  times  its  size,  and  the  lens  he  intends  employing  is  one  of 
six  inches  equivalent  focus.  He  must,  therefore,  look  for  4  on  the 
upper  horizontal  line,  and  for  6  in  the  first  vertical  column,  and 
carry  his  eye  to  where  these  two  join,  which  will  be  at  30 — 7-^. 
The  greater  of  these  is  the  distance  the  sensitive  plate  must  be 
from  the  center  of  the  lens,  and  the  lesser,  the  distance  of  the  pict- 

61 


ure  to  be  copied.  To  reduce  a  jjiciure  any  given  number  of 
times  the  same  method  must  be  followed,  but  in  this  case  the 
greater  number  will  represent  the  distance  between  the  lens  and 
the  picture  to  be  copied  ;  the  latter,  that  between  the  lens  and  the 
sensitive  plate.  This  ex[)lanation  will  be  sufficient  for  every  case 
of  enlargement  or  reduction. 

If  the  focus  of  the  lens  be  twelve  inches,  as  this  number  is  not 
in  the  column  of  focal  lengths,  look  out  for  6  in  this  column  and 
multiply  by  2  ;  and  so  on  with  any  other  numbers. 

Copying  Cameras. 

These  Cameras  are  made  of  hard  wood  shellacked,  not  varnished* 
Naturally,  they  are  without  swing,  but  in  every  requisite  they  are  com- 
plete ;  and  for  this  particular  service,  as  well  as  others,  the  American 
Optical  Company's  make  is  sought  for  before  all  others.  Such  varied 
lengths  of  bed  are  required  and  ordered  that  we  can  only  g4ve  a  price 
list  for  Copying  Cameras  with  the  regulation  length  of  bed.  We  make 
them  to  order  of  any  length  of  bed  desired,  either  rigid  or  detachable, 
and  with  either  single  or  double  bellows. 

Estimates  promptly  and  cheerfully  furnished. 


6J  X  8^,  with  bed  3  feet  in  length   $25  00 

8  X  10                 3I         "   30  00 

10 X  12        "       4    38  00 

II  X  14                 \\         "    45  00 

14  X  17                5           "   ,   58  00 

17  X  20        "       6           "   64  00 


Extract  from     Phonographic  Manipulation.'^ 


"  On  focusing  any  subject  in  which  the  lines  are  inclined  from  the 
direct  vertical,  as  in  sittinp^  figures,  etc.,  it  will  be  found  impossible  to 
bring  the  Icwer  projecting  portions,  as  at  A,  into  perfect  focus  with  the 
upper  retiring  parts  at  B.  Now,  if  the  position  of  the  film  is  judiciously 
altered  by  means  of  the  Swing-back,  the  portions  defective  in  focus  will  be 
seen  to  assume  equally  correct  definition  with  the  rest  of  the  subject. 

"This  treatment  also  applies  to  subjects  in  which  one  or  the  other  side 
is  nearer  to  the  lens;  by  slightly  altering  the  lateral  distances,  both  sides 
come  in  focus.  The  operator  can  avail  himself  of  both  these  movements 
simultaneously. 

"It  must  be  observed  that  although  the  'Swing-back'  is  useful  in  a 
modified  degree  when  'short  focus'  lenses  are  employed,  much  discretion 
must  be  exercised  by  the  operator  not  to  cause  an  elongated  distortion  of 
the  face  and  person  of  the  sitter  by  extreme  and  injudicious  use  of  it." 

62 


PLATE  HOLDERS,  ETC. 


Holders  for  Regular  Cameras^  Parts  and  Complete. 

Supplied  Improved  Solid  Glass  Double  Reversible  Corners. 
No  Ground  Glass,  as  that  is  furnished  with  all  of  the 
American  Optical  Co.'s  Cameras. 

^  In  ordering  Holders,  parties  should  send  their  OLD  Holder  as  sample 
IF  POSSIBLE,  to  avoid  mistakes;  otherwise  MAKER'S  NAME  should  be 
given,  and  OUTSIDE  DIMENSIONS;  style  of  Camera  for  which  Holders  are 
intended;  Portrait  or  Imperial;  whether  reversible  or  non-reversible;  for 
PLAIN  or  SWING  Camera  (SINGLE  or  DOUBLE);  and  whether  Silver-saving 
Bottle  is  wanted  in  the  Holder. 

Unless  a  Camera  is  so  made  as  to  admit  of  it,  a  Saving  Bottle  cannot 
be  attached  to  the  Holder,  as  special  depth  of  Holder  Frame  is  required. 

^  It  is  necessary,  where  it  is  desired  to  put  a  Dry  Plate  Holder  on  a 
Camera  adapted  previously  for  a  Wet  Plate  Holder,  to  send  on  the  Ground 
Glass  Frame  so  that  the  focus  may  be  adjusted  for  both  Holders.  A  Wet 
Plate  Holder  In  use  has  more  or  less  of  silver  solution  adhering  to  it,  and 
should  not  be  used  for  dry  plate  work,  because  the  silver  is  quite  liable  to 
get  on  the  gelatine  plate  and  to  mar  the  picture. 

^  Where  View  Cameras  have  the  Reversible  Back  (see  page  53),  it  must 
be  specified  when  ordering  extra  Holders  for  them. 

1^ See  directions  on  page  5  i  concerningiHolders  for  Multiplying  Cameras 


1-4  Camera. 
4x5 

1-2  Camera. 

4-4  Camera. 

;          8x10  Camera. 

10x12  Camera. 

11x14  Camera. 

14x17  Camera. 

17x20  Camera. 

20x24  Camera. 

1-9   Inside  Frames 

for  

1-6   Inside  Frames 

$0  58 
.68 

$0.58 
.68 

80 

$0.68 
.80 
.90 

1-4  Inside  Frames 
for  

$0.80 
.90 
1 . 22 

1-2  Inside  Frames 

1 

i^ko .  nn'flko  no 

4-4  Inside  Frames 

I  22 
1.35 

I  .22 
1.58 

$1.22 
1.58 
1.80 
1.80 

8  X  10  Inside  Frames 
for  

$1.35 
1.80 
1.80 
2.48 

10  X  12  Inside  Frames 

II  X  14  Inside  Frames 

$1.80 
2.48 

2  92 
3.38 
30.15 

40.50 

14x17  Inside  Frames 

17  X  20  Inside  Frames 

18  X  22  Inside  Frames 

Outside  Holders,  no 
Inside  Frames, for 

Holders  complete, 
with  Inside 

3.60 
4-73 

5.40 
7.43 

8.10 
10.35 

9-45 
12. 15 

13.50 
16.87 

18.00 
21 .60 

20.25 
26.55 

23.40 
30.60 

63 


Holders  for  Special  Cameras,  Parts  and  Complete. 


No.  12. 
Gem  Camera. 

No.  13. 
Card  Camera. 

No.  21. 
Victoria  Camera. 

No.  22. 
4-4  Imp.  Camera. 

No.  22. 
8x10  Imp.  Camera. 

No.  24, 
10  X 12  Imp.  Camera. 

No.  25. 
Multiplying  Camera. 

No.  153.  1 
N.  Y.  Gem  Camera. 

Cincinnati 
Gem  Camera. 

5  X  7  or  5  X  8  ! 
Stereo.  Camera.  j 

No.  53 
8x10  Venus  Camera. 

1-9  Inside  Frames 

for  

$.58 
.68 

$  .58 
.68 

$.58 
.68 

1-6  Inside  Frames 
for  

$  .68 
.80 

$  .68 

1-4  Inside  Frames 

,80 

.80 

$  .80 

.80 

$  .80 

$  .80 

.80 

$  .80 

1-2  Inside) 
Frames  for.,  j 

RAB. 

KIT. 
.90 

.90 

.90 

.90 

.90 

.90 

4i  X  6J  Inside 

.90 

5x8  Inside 

1. 13 

5x8  Inside 

$1.13 

6J  X  Inside 

1.22 

1.22 

1.22 

1.22 

1.35 

1-35 

1.35 

5x7  Rabbet  In- 
side Frames, 
7  X  10  outside, 

.90 
.90 

.90 
.90 

7  X  10  Rabbet  In- 
side Frames  for 

AMB. 

Outside  Hold-^ 
ers    (no    In-  1 
side  Frames)  ( 

6.75 

HOLD. 
6.75 

4ix  61 

5x7 
HOLD. 

8.55 

9.90 

13-50 

945 

5.85 

945 

4.50 

9-45 

for  J 

HOLD. 
4.50 

8.45 

Holders    com- ) 

AMB. 

plete  with  In-  >- 
side  Frames.  ) 

8.78 

HOLD. 
8.78 

10.12 

11.70 

14.40 

18.90 

15  30 

7.65 

15.30 

13.28 

Inside  Frames— Special  Sizes. 

6|^x  8|  outside,  for  5x7  plate  $0.90 

8x10       '*        "  4i^x6|- plate   1.12 

8  X  10       "        ''5x8  plate   1 . 12 

64 


Rabbet  Kit  Frames. 


1-4  size,  1-9  opening  $o  40 

1-2     "  1-6       "    50 

4J  X  6^  size,  1-4  opening   65 

5x7  ''4x5     "    65 

5x8  "    4ix6i  "     ....  75 

4-4  "1-4        "    65 

4-4  ''1-2    75 

4-4  ''4x5    75 


4-4  size,  4|^x6|^  opening  $0  75 

4-4           5  X  8    75 

7  X  10  size,  5x7  opening..  90 

8  X  10  5x7  ...  90 
8  X  10          5x8        "      ...  90 

II  X  14     "    8x10      "      ...  I  25 

For  Multiplying  Holder   90 

*'    Cincinnati        "    90 


Sundry  Pieces. 


Ground  Glas.s,  Ground     Front    Focusing  Lever 
Holder  without    Glass,  with  Boards  or  Adjusting  Focusing 
Shdes.  Frame.       Frame,  for  Lenses.  Screws.  Attachments 


1-4  plate  Camera  . . .  .{ 

27 

$0  14 

$0  27 

$0 

54 

$2 

25 

1-2  "   

36 

22 

68 

68 

2 

25 

4ix6i 

36 

22 

68 

68 

2 

25 

5x7 

45 

36 

I  08 

90 

2 

25 

5x8 

45 

36 

I  08 

90 

2 

25 

5x8        ''(slid'g  front) 

I 

20 

6ix8i  " 

45 

36 

I  08 

90 

2 

25 

8  X  10  "   

72 

68 

I  80 

I 

12 

2 

70 

Cincinnati  .... 

72 

90 

2  00 

I 

24 

3 

00 

10  X  12  " 

I 

35 

I  12 

2  92 

I 

35 

2 

70 

II  X  ]4  .... 

2 

02 

I  58 

3  60 

I 

58 

2 

70 

14x17  "   

2 

25 

2  02 

4  05 

I 

58 

4 

50 

17  X  20 

2 

70 

2  48 

4  50 

I 

80 

4 

50 

18  X  22  "   

3 

15 

2  70 

4  95 

I 

98 

4 

50 

20  X  24  .... 

3 

60 

4  05 

7  20 

I 

98 

4 

50 

For  India  Rubber  Slides,  add  10  per  cent,  to  list  prices  of  Regular 
Slides. 


Diaphragms,  Blocks,  &c. 


Blocks    Brass  Plates 
Diaphragms,  for  Lenses,  for  Lenses. 


For  No.  153,  1-2  New  York  Gem  Camera. .  . 

$0 

90 

$1 

35 

$1 

35 

90 

I 

35 

I 

35 

154,  1-4  "   

90 

I 

35 

I 

35 

155,  1-2  "   

90 

I 

35 

I 

35 

156,  4-4  "   

I 

80 

I 

80 

I 

80 

157,  4-4  "   

I 

80 

I 

80 

I 

80 

I 

35 

I 

80 

I 

80 

I 

35 

I 

80 

I 

80 

I 

80 

I 

80 

I 

80 

"        25,     8  X  10  Multiplying  Camera.  . 

9 

00 

I 

80 

I 

80 

2 

70 

I 

80 

I 

80 

2 

00 

I 

80 

I 

80 

65 


The  Improved  Patent  Bonanza  Plate  Holder, 


THE  PHOTOGRAPHER'S  SILVER  SAVER. 


Any  practical  photographer  can,  by  one  glance  at  the  illustration,  see 
where  the  great  merit  of  this  holder  lies,  how  perfectly  silver  solution  is 
saved,  and  how  the  trough  may  be  fastened  in  the  different  grooves,  avoid- 
ing the  necessity  of  kits. 

This  Plate  Holder  has  now  a  world-wide  reputation,  and,  because  of 
its  great  merit,  infringements  have  been  attempted. 

Being  the  sole  agents  for  the  manufacture  and  sale  of  the  "  Bonanza 
Holder,"  we  hereby  notify  all  concerned  that  such  holders  made  by  other 
parties  are  infringements  of  said  patent,  and  we  will  hold  all  dealers  or 
others  having  infringing  goods  in  their  possession  responsible  in  damages. 

In  ordering  holders,  parties  should  send  their  old  holder  as 
sample,  if  possible,  to  avoid  mistakes  ;  otherwise  the  exact  dimen- 
sions of  old  holder  should  be  given. 

Bonanza  Holders  cannot  be  put  on  any  camera  that  will  not 
take  a  silver-saving  bottle  in  the  holder. 

P  R  I  C'E  S  . 

1-4  $4  25     II  X  14  $21  50 

1-2   6  40      14x17.    24  00 

4^  X  6^   8  00     17  X  20   27  50 

4-4   9  60     20  X  24   35  75 

8  X  10   10  50     25  X  30  44  CO 

10  X  12   .  16  00 

Bonanza  Holder  for  Cincinnati  Camera  $12  75 

"        Multiplying     "   12  75 

Troughs  for  Bonanza  Holders  one-half  of  the  price  of  the  complete 
holder. 

66 


Dry  Plate  Holders. 


The  introduction  of  Dry  Plates  necessitated  special  holders,  which 
should  be  more  protected  against  the  admission  of  light  than  any  before 
constructed. 

Ever  abreast  and  leading  in  the  manufacture  of  the  finest  apparatus, 
the  American  Optical  Company's  factory  is  producing  the  best  Dry  Plate 
Holders  that  have  been  offered  to  the  photographic  fraternity.  As  nothing 
but  seasoned  material  and  the  best  workmanship  is  employed,  there  is  a 
guarantee  that  the  holders  will  not  warp,  crack  and  leak  light,  as  some 
others  soon  do. 

For  the  guidance  of  those  who  are  just  taking  up  dry  plate  work,  we 
give  a  brief  description  of  the  holders  for  this  purpose  now  made  at  our 
factory. 

There  is  what  we  denominate  Scovill's  "Old  Style"  Dry  Plate  Holders, 
which  are  double,  opening  out  like  the  covers  of  a  book  when  plates  are  to 
be  put  in  them.  They  are  so  devised  that  kits  of  lesser  sizes  may  be  car- 
ried in  the  outside  frame,  which  permits  two  plates  of  different  sizes  to  be 
used  in  such  a  holder. 


Scovill's  "  Old  Style."  Scovill's  Patent. 


There  is  another  pattern  which  we  denominate  as  "Scovill's  Patent 
Double  Dry  Plate  Holders."  They  are  reversible,  and  made  to  carry  two 
plates  of  equal  size,  but  no  kits.  Much  as  they  are  employed,  we  do  not 
recommend  them  for  use  with  plates  above  14X  17  size,  on  account  of  the 
great  weight  of  two  such  large  lights  of  double  thick  glass,  taken  in  con- 
nection with  that  of  the  holder,  making  it  cumbrous  and  hard  to  handle. 

Next  on  the  list  comes  the  Daisy  Dry  Plate  Holder.  "This  holder  is 
a  Daisy."  The  frequent  repetition  of  this  exclamation  fixed  the  name  by 
which  our  new  holder  is  designated.  It  has  the  great  merit  of  being  lighter 
and  of  occupying  less  space  than  any  other  substantial  holder  ever  devised. 
Although  constructed  to  hold  two  plates,  it  is  not  thicker  than  a  single 
holder.  The  Daisy  Holder  opens  like  a  book  when  the  dry  plates  are  being 

6*r 


put  into  or  taken  out  of  it,  and  is  so  arranged  that  light  cannot  penetrate 
from  one  side  to  the  other.  There  are  no  projecting  screws  on  this  holder. 
What  supplies  their  place  is  simple  and  more  elfective.  The  slides  have  no 
catches,  as  they  are  unnecessary. 


The  Daisy.  Flammang's  Patent. 

Lastly  there  is  the  Flammang  Patent  Dry  Plate  Holder,"  which, 
although  single,  is  so  arranged  that  kits  of  lesser  size  may  be  placed  in  it. 
This  holder  is  especially  adapted  for  use  with  pocket  cameras,  because  it 
is  so  very  compact,  and  also  for  use  with  large  sized  plates  in  the  studio. 
Their  construction  is  so  unique  that  no  meddling  person  can  withdraw  the 
front  and  expose  a  plate  to  white  light. 

We  trust  this  brief  mention  is  sufficiently  comprehensive. 

Scovill's                              Scovill's  Flammang's 

Patent  Daisy           Old  Style  I^^H^.*. 

Double.  Double.          Double.  with  Kits 

Without  Kits.  Kits  charged  extra.  Single. 

4x5    $2   15  $2   15  $2   15  $2  15 

4ix5i   2  15  2  15  2  15  2  15 

5x8   2  93  2  93  2  93  2  93 

6i  X  8i  .  .   4  50  4  50  4  50  4  50 

8  x  10^.   7  00  7  00  7  00  7  00 

10  X  12   8  00  8  00  8  00  8  00 

11  X  14   12  00  12  00  12  00  12  00 

i^  X  17     14  00  14  00  14  00  14  00 

17  X  20                                      *  17  00  17  00  17  00 

20  X  24                                      *  22  00  22  00  22  00 

*  Not  made  because  of  the  weight  of  holder  and  of  double  thick  glass. 

In  ordering  holders,  parties  should  send  their  old  holder  as  sample,  if 
possible,  to  avoid  mistakes  ;  otherwise  maker's  name  should  be  given  and 
EXACT  DIMENSIONS  of  old  holder. 

Please  specify  whether  kits  are  wanted  or  not,  and  observe  directions 
also  given  at  the  top  of  page  63. 

Double  Dry  Plate  Holders  cannot  be  put  on  any  camera  having  a  car- 
riage at  the  back,  as  this  frame  will  not  permit  of  a  reversal  of  the  double 
holders. 

68 


B.E&ISTERIIfa  SLIDES. 


(patented.) 
Extract  from  March  ''Photographic  Times J'^ 


To  Mr.  T.  W.  Jackson,  of  New- 
ark, N.  J.,  an  amateur  of  wealth  and 
brains,  credit  must  be  given  for  dis- 
covering the  application  of  a  silicate 
surface  to  holder  slides.  All  pho- 
tographers, whether  professional  or 
amateur,  who  have  in  time  past 
puzzled  their  brains  in  the  endeavor 
to  solve  such  vexatious  questions  as 
these — 

''Have  I  or  have  I  not  exposed 
that  plate  ?" 

If  exposed,  was  the  plate  used 
for  that  prized  picture?" 

"  Shall  I  incur  the  risk  of  making 
a  double  exposure  ?" 
henceforth  will  have  themselves  onl}^ 
to  find  fault  with  if  they  do  not  pro- 
cure and  use  in  their  dry-plate  hold- 
ers registering  slides.  These  can  be 
written  upon  with  slate  or  lead  pen- 
cil ad  libitum,  and  the  writing  erased 
without  injury  to  them.  Before  tak- 
ing a  picture  the  mottled  surface  of 
these  slides  is  seen  ;  afterward  they 
are  turned,  so  that  the  blackboard 


surface,  which  was  toward  the  sen- 
sitive plate,  is  out,  and  the  data  re- 
specting the  exposure  is  pencilled 
thereon — a  very  convenient  place,  by 
the  way,  to  consult  it  when  develop- 
ing the  plate.  In  the  pleasure  or 
excitement  attendant  upon  picture- 
taking,  holders  have  been  so  changed 
about  that  the  note-book  afforded  no 
clue  to  their  identity,  and  this  has 
frequently  been  the  case  with  dry 
plates  in  the  developing-room. 

Happily,  the  remedy  is  now  pro- 
vided, and  by  placing  the  control 
and  manufacture  of  the  patented 
registering  slides  in  the  hands  of 
the  Scovill  Mfg.  Co.,  there  was  a 
guarantee  that  both  quality  and 
quantity  would  be  provided.  Not 
one  who  has  seen  the  registering 
slides  but  that  has  testified  to  his 
appreciation  of  them  by  a  substan- 
tial order.  Their  introduction  marks 
an  era  in  the  improvement  of  dry- 
plate  apparatus. 


The  material  out  of  which  these  Registering  Slides  is  made  is 
impervious  to  water,  and  is  so  hard  that  they  outlast  common 
paper  slides  in  the  proportion  of  five  to  one.  They  will  be  supplied 
with  new  Dry  Plate  Cameras  up  to  10  x  12  size^  put  in  the  works 
after  this  date,  without  addition  to  present  price  list.  Additional 
Holder  Slides  of  this  kind  supplied  at  the  rate  of  \\  cents  per 
square  inch. 


American  Optical  Co.'s  Patent  Dry  Plate 
Otianging  Box,  with  Special  Plate 
Holder,  for  Eield  Photography. 

ManufactMred  f}vm  the  Best  Mahogany^  very  Highly  Finished,  with  Brass 

Mountings. 

This  Dry  Plate  Box  is  acknowledged  by  competent  judges  to  be  the 
best  arrangement  for  transferring  prepared  plates  from  the  plate  box  to  the 
camera  in  the  open  air.  It  can  be  adapted  to  rny  camera,  and  made  to 
contain  any  number  of  plates. 

The  essential  part  of  this  apparatus  consists  in  the  box  for  holding  the 
plates  and  the  shield  for  exposing  them. 

DIRECTIONS  FOR  USE. 

In  filling  the  Dry  Plate  Changing  Box  with  prepared  plates,  care  must 
be  used  to  have  the  film  side  toward  the  front.  To  transfer  a  plate  from 
the  changing  box,  set  the  shield  on  the  dowel-pins  of  the  sliding  platform — 
same  as  an  ordinary  holder  is  set  on  a  camera  box  during  the  exposure  of 
the  plate — push  the  shield  and  sliding  platform  forward  until  they  are 
opposite  the  proper  place  in  the  box,  when  they  become  fast  over  the  open- 
ing through  which  the  plate  passes.  Turn  the  box  and  shield  nearly  upside 
down — say  at  an  angle  of  fort3^-five  degrees — and  let  the  plate  ^Wdi^  gently 
into  the  shield.  Turn  the  cross-bar  of  shield  around  at  right  angles,  thus 
securing  the  plate.  Draw  the  shield  and  sliding  platform  backward  to  the 
first  position,  and  the  shield  becomes  disengaged  from  the  changing  box, 
which  becomes  closed  by  the  same  motion. 

No.  I.    To  hold  twelve  4-4  or  4  x  5  prepared  plates,  with  shield  $33  00 

"2.  eighteen  "    35  00 

"  3.  Stereoscopic,  to  hold  twelve  5  X  8  prepared  plates,  with  shield.  35  00 
"4.  "    eighteen    "  "  "  37  00 

5.  Landscape,        "    twelve  6|x8|^  45  00 

6.  "  8  X  10  "  55  00 

Larger  sizes  made  only  to  order. 

Note. — An  ordinary  plate  holder  will  not  work  in  connection 
itith  a  dry  plate  changing  box.  One  must  be  especially  designed  and 
made  for  use  on  the  camera^  and  with  attachments  to  work  very 
accurately  in  cofijunction  with  those  on  the  changing  box. 

70 


Patent  Glass  Baths  for  Gallery  or  Field  Photography. 


These  Baths  are  already  so  universally  known  by  the  profession  that  it 
IS  almost  unnecessary  to  call  attention  to  their  claims  for  superiorit}^  over  all 
others  in  use. 

The  interior  being  manufactured  almost  entirely  of  glass,  they  will  con- 
tain the  silver  solution  in  a  perfectly  pure  state  for  any  length  of  time,  yet, 
on  account  of  being  cased  in  wood,  they  are  the  strongest  bath  in  the  mar- 
ket, and  are  the  style  generally  used  in  large  galleries. 

They  are  furnished  with  a  hinged  cover,  so  that  the  silver  solution  is 
protected  from  dust,  etc.,  except  when  a  plate  is  being  dipped  or  removed. 

The  front  of  each  bath  is  paneled,  so  that  when  the  shutter  is  removed 
the  bottom  maybe  examined  as  to  its  freedom  from  sediment,  a  convenience 
which  every  other  make  of  bath  should  possess,  and  of  absolute  importance 
in  hot  weather  or  tropical  climates. 

The  same  sizes  are  also  manufactured  with  an  improved  water-tight  cover 
for  field  photography,  and,  when  so  arranged,  can  be  transported  filled  with 
the  solution  without  any  danger  of  leaking,  thus  saving  all  the  trouble  of 
removing  it  from  the  bath  when  not  in  actual  use,  a  very  great  convenience 
possessed  by  no  other  make. 


To  receive  a  Plate. 


Water-tight 
Top  for  Field, 


No.  o.    4  X  8  inches.$io  oo  $1300 

'*   I.  6i  X  8|-            1000  1300 

"2.    8  X  10            12  00  15  00 

"  3.  10x12            2000  2500 

4.  II  X  14            23  00  28  00 


To  receive  a  Plate. 

No.  5.  14X  17  inches.^ 
"  6.  17  X  20  " 
"  7.  i8x  22 
"  8.  20x24  " 
"  9.  12x26  " 
Larger  sizes  manufactured  to  order. 


Water-tight 
Top  for  Field. 


535  00 
48  00 
60  00 
/o  00 
75  00 


^42  50 
56  00 
67  00 
80  00 
85  00 


Boxes  for  the  Protection  of  Solid  Glass  Baths. 


Tight  Top  Box  for 
Field  Service. 

Tight  Top  Box  for 
Field  Service. 

studio  Box. 

studio  Box. 

4x5  Bath . 

$1  60 

$4  75 

For  II  X  14  Bath.$3  60 

$6  75 

5x7'' 

1 65 

4  80 

"    12  X  16           3  70 

7  00 

7x9'' 

I  80 

5  00 

"   16  X  20           4  25 

7  75 

7  X  10 

2  00 

5  20 

"   18  X  24           4  50 

8  50 

9  X  12  " 

2  60 

5  75 

20  X  26    "      4  75 

10  00 

In  ordering  the  above  Boxes  for  Baths  in  use,  the  outside  nneasurements 
are  required,  because  Baths  vary  so  much  in  pattern  and  thickness. 

71 


American  Optical  Oo.'s  Dark  Tent  for 
Outdoor  Work. 


Very  light,  durable  and  portable.  The  box  carrying  the  tent 
and  forming  part  of  same,  together  with  the  reservoir  and 
developing  tray  for  ii  x  14  plates.  It  is  mounted  on  a 
light  tripod  stand,  and  is  in  every  way  desirable  for  outdoor 
work   $75  oa 

Larger  sizes  made  to  order. 


72 


After  being  completely  cnanged  and  reorganized,  our  New  Haven 
Factory  is  now  fairly  started  under  the  same  management  which  has 
made  so  great  a  success  of  the  American  Optical  Company. 

The  apparatus  which  is  constructed  at  this  factory  is  without  ques- 
tion superior  to  that  made  anywhere  else  in  this  country,  excepting  only 
what  we  produce  at  our  American  Optical  Factory. 

It  is  guaranteed  to  be  substantial,  well  made,  and  in  every  respect 
finished  in  a  workmanlike  manner, 

mm  MAMFACTEIl  COMPAM,  Proprietors. 


73 


New  Haven  Acme  Portrait  Cameras. 


These  Cameras  are  manufactured  in  the  most  substantial  manner  from 
the  best  of  mahogany,  and  are  handsomely  finished  in  French  polish.  The)^ 
are  supplied  with  Solid  Glass  Corners  and  are  in  every  respect  superior  to 
all  other  makes,  excepting  the  American  Optical  Company's. 


4ix  si 


lO 

II 
14 
17 


X  10 

X  12 

X  14 
X  17 
X  20 


Without 

Single 

Double 

Swing. 

Swing-back.  Swing-back. 

$15  GO 

$18  00 

  22  50 

27  GO 

31  50 

  27  00 

32  GO 

37  00 

  32  50 

39  00 

45  00 

46  50 

52  50 

 50  00 

57  50 

65  GO 

67  50 

75  00 

New  Haven  Imperial  Cameras. 

Without  Double 

Swing.  Swing-back. 

X   Si  Imperial  Camera  $30  00  $40  go 

X  lO               "                                                         35  00  45  00 

X  12                                                                          45  00  55  OG 

74 


New  Hayen  6x7  Standard  Tictoria  Cameras. 


These  Cameras  are  supplied  with  Vertical  Sliding  Fronts  and  Folding 
Platforms— are  very  compact,  light  and  portable. 

75 


Without  Double 
Swing,  S'w'g-b'k. 
6J  X    8J  reversible. $25  00    $33  00 
8"  X  10        "  30  00      38  00 

10   X  12        "  35  00      45  00 


Without  Double 
Swing.  S'w'g-b'k. 
II    X  14  reversible.  .$45  00    $55  00 
14   X  17       "  55  00     65  00 

17   X  20  65  00      75  00 


New  Haren  Stereoscopic  Cameras. 

Sliding  Vertical  Front  and  Folding  Platform.    New  style. 


For  5  X  8,  4  X  8,  or  4x  7  plates. 


Single 
Swing-back. 

 $25  00 


New  Haven  Standard  Portrait  Cameras. 

These  Cameras  are  made  of  selected  black  walnut,  solid  bed,  and  are 
supplied  with  rubber  bellows,  swing  ground  glass,  focus  rack,  reversible 
shield  and  solid  glass  corners. 


1-4  Reversible  Portrait  Cameras   $8  00 

1-2        "  "   10  00 

4-4  "  "    14  GO 

8  X  10  "    20  00 

10  X  12        "     25  00 

11  X  14  "   .35  00 


76 


New  Haven  Card  Camera. 


Without  Double 

Swing.  Swing-back. 

Two  cards  on  4i  x  6|-  plate,  and  extra  shield  for  1-9 

to  1-2  pictures,  reversible  $18  00  $25  00 

Boston  Standard  Card  Cameras.    Two  cards  on       x  6^  plate  ; 

Extra  shield  for  1-9  to  1-2  pictures,  reversible  $14  00 


Cincinnati  Gem  Cameras. 


This  Camera,  by  some  called  the  Lakeside,  makes  with  one  tube  one 
picture  on  either  a  1-4,  1-2,  4-4,  8  x  10,  5  x  7,  or  7  x  10  plate,  and  two  on 
either  a  5  x  7,  7  x  10,  or  8  x  10  plate. 

It  makes,  with  four  1-4  gem  tubes  on  brass  plate,  four  or  eight  pictures 
on  a  5  X  7  or  7  X  10  plate. 

77 


The  7  X  lo  and  5  x  7  are  rabbeted  kits.  The  kits  for  all  other  sizes  are 
supplied  with  solid  glass  corners — Scovill's  Improved.  It  has  but  one 
outside  holder,  in  which  all  the  kits  reverse. 

Fitted  with  Four 
Unfitted .  1-4  Gem  Tubes. 

Plain   .  $24  00  $41  00 

■^Carriage  movement     28  00  45  00 

^Single  swing   28  00  45  00 

■•^Double  swing   33  5o  50  00 

■^These  Cameras  may  be  fitted  with  Bonanza  Holders. 


OAIERA  STUDS. 

We  have  been  induced  by  the  demand  for  a  better  class  of  Camera 
Stands  than  have  heretofore  found  their  way  into  the  market  to  introduce 
several  new  styles,  combining  solidity  (being  perfectly  free  from  vibration) 
with  portability  and  ease  of  adjustment,  as  the  camera  can  be  inclined  at  any 
angle  with  great  celerity. 

Patent  Lever  Adjustment  Gallery  Stand. 


Manufactured  with  brass  mountings  and  patent  lever  adjustment. 
The  only  stand  suitable  for  large  cameras,  being  portable,  easily  ad- 
justed and  of  great  solidity. 

No.  6. — For  all  sizes  to  8  x  10  inclusive  $14  00 

No.  6-|. —  "  double  lever   15  00 

No.  7. — Combining  in  one  a  stand  for  all  sizes  from  8  x  10  to  11  x  14.  19  00 
No.  J^. — Combining  in  one  a  stand  for  all  sizes  from  11  x  14  to 

20  X  24  inclusive   28  50 

No.  8. — Combining  in  one  a  stand  for  all  sizes  from  20  x  24  to  the 

largest  size   47  50 

The  above  Gallery  Stands  will  be  found  light  and  easily  moved,  yet 
perfectly  free  from  vibration.  The  adjusting  levers  are  so  arranged  that  the 
stand  may  be  made  level  at  any  desired  height  and  then  depressed. 

78 


The  Perfect  Camera  Stand. 


No.  5. — The  "Perfect"  Camera  Stand  has  been  manufactured  for 
several  years,  and  is,  as  it  has  been  justly  called,  a  Per- 
fect" Camera  Stand,  made  of  finely  polished  black  walnut 
and  best  of  metal  castings.  It  has  superior  advantages 
for  cameras  up  to  10  x  12  size.    Price  $22  50 


S.  p.  C.  (Iron  Centre)  Excelsior  Camera  Stand, 


No.  I,  for  1-4  and  1-2  Cameras  $3  75 

"    2,    "4-4  "    4  00 

"    3,    "  8  X  10   4  00 

79 


The  Acme  Camera  Stand. 


FOR  GALLERY  USE. 
No.  I. — 1-2  and  4-4  $8  00  |  No.  2. — 8  x  10  and  10  x  12.  .  .$12  00 

Tripods  for  Eield  Photography. 


Manufactured  from  selected  second  growth  ash,  with  brass  mountings 


Wood  Top.  Metal  Top. 

80 


No.  I. — Stereoscopic,  double  jointed  legs,  6  inch  wooden  top  $2  85 

"    2.—  "  "  "        12     "  ^'    4  75 

3.  —  "  hinged  legs  12     "    5  70 

4.  —  "  "   II         metal  top  g  50 

5.  — Six  foot,  rigid  legs  12    "    wooden  top   6  00 

"   6.—      "   15    "  "    8  00 

The  above  tripods  are  so  constructed  that  they  can  be  easily  taken  apart 
for  packing,  and  yet  can,  when  in  use,  be  made  as  stilf  and  solid  as  though 
carved  from  a  solid  block. 

Rigid  Tripods  of  the  same  style  as  the  above  supplied  at  the  same  list 
prices. 

Parts  of  above  Tripods. 

Each. 

Single  leg  for  No.  i  Tripod.  .$0  95 
2  &  3  .  .  I  18 
4  ..  I  42 


Each. 

Single  top  for  No.  I  Tripod.  .$0  72 

2  "     . .  I  18 

3  ..   I  18 


The  ScoTill  Extension  Tripod. 


This  tripod  possesses  special  advantages.  It  can  be  set  up,  ready  for 
use,  quicker  than  any  other,  and  with  less  trouble.  By  turning  the  brass 
buttons  shown  in  the  accompanying  illustration,  the  legs  may,  in  a  twink- 
ling," be  extended  to  the  desired  length,  and  fastened.  When  this  tripod 
is  placed  on  uneven  ground,  the  camera  it  supports  may  be  brought  to  the 
proper  level  by  simply  adjusting  the  length  of  the  tripod  legs.  Another 
commendable  feature  of  the  Scovill  Extension  Tripod  is,  that  it  has  no  de- 
tachable parts  to  be  misplaced  or  lost.  Combining  as  it  does  firmness, 
strength,  and  lightness,  this  tripod  must  at  once  find  favor  with  the  profes- 
sional view  taker,  who  very  often  wastes  valuable  time,  or  loses  opportune 
moments  in  placing  the  tripod  legs  and  changing  their  position  to  include 
just  what  is  wanted  in  a  picture,  and  to  level  the  camera. 

No.  I.— For  1-4  to  4  X  5  cameras,  each     •  •  $3  50 

*'    2. —  *'    5x8  cameras,  each   4  00 

2j. — "  with  brass  circle  for  camera   4  50 

3. —  "    6^  X  81  cameras,  each  .  .   6  00 


81 


Patent  Camera  Reversing  Attaclinients. 


No.  0,  for  4x5  Camera   13  00 


No.  1,  for  5  X  8  Camera   $3  50 


No.  2,  for  6^  X  8^  Camera   $4  00 


These  Attachments  are  fixed  to  the  top 
of  Extension  Tripods. 

{Exti^acted  from  the  Photographic  Times  for  Apidl,  1883.) 

MEANS    FOR    REVERSING  CAMERAS. 

The  degree  of  merit  in  an  invention  is  most  commonly  in 
proportion  to  its  simplicity,  so  that  men  are  forced  to  exclaim, 
^Why  was  not  the  idea  conceived  and  wrought  out  before 
Given,  on  the  one  hand,  a  bit  of  apparatus  with  various  intricate 
movements  to  accomplish  a  certain  result,  and,  on  the  other  hand, 
one  that  can  be  made  to  perform  the  same  service  by  a  single  motion, 
and  who  can  doubt  as  to  which  the  preference  will  be  given  }  The 
highest  type  of  ingenuity  is  that  which  avoids  a  dozen  mechanical 
complications,  making  a  single,  simple  one  answer  the  same  pur- 
pose. 

When  the  means  for  the  reversal  of  a  camera  are  brought  into 
notice,  it  is  a  fair  test  to  ascertain  how  quickly  the  movement  can 
be  consummated;  is  the  mechanism  intricate  or  the  reverse  ;  and, 
finally,  does  it  aid  in  picture-taking,  or,  per  contra,  impair  the 
worth  of  the  production. 

^^When  the  new  reversing  attachment  is  seen,  no  manual  ot 
instruction  need  be  consulted  to  ascertain  how  it  is  applied  or 
worked.  This  is  obvious.  A  cut  does  not  convey  an  idea  of  its 
merit  thus  readily. 

Two  brass  plates,  hinged  at  the  end,  are  opened  to  form  a 
right  angle,  and  held  rigidly  in  that  position,  or  are  brought  to- 
gether and  tightly  clamped  by  a  rod  with  a  hooked  end,  which 
plays  through  an  opening  in  the  brass  plate  secured  fast  to  the 
tripod  top.  Upon  the  upper  plate  the  camera  is  set  or  unset  at 
pleasure.  Whether  in  the  vertical  or  horizontal  position  the 
camera  is  held  so  firmly  as  to  be  secured  against  vibration.  The 
reversal  can  be  effected  in  an  instant." 


82 


The  Taylor  Tripod. 


This  tripod  is  of  English  origin.  The  illustration  here  presented  makes 
an  extended  description  unnecessary.  Suffice  it  to  say  that  this  tripod  is 
very  firm  when  set  up,  and  folds  up  compactly  by  simply  pressing  together 
the  two  upper  joints  of  each  leg,  thus  unsetting  them  from  the  pins  on  the 
brass  top  and  then  doubling  them  over  on  to  the  third  joint.  This  move- 
ment is  naturally  reversed  when  placing  the  tripod  in  position  to  support 
the  camera.    The  brass  top  should  have  the  side  uppermost  which  has  the 

arms  flush.    Price,  each  $2  25 

Adapted  for  cameras  from  1-4  to  8  x  10  size. 


Improved  Printing  Erames. 

Manufactured  of  cherr}^,  with  Brass  Springs  and  Paneled  Backs,  a  very 
superior  article. 

Flat  Printing  Frame. 


Our  Printing  Frames  are  constructed  so  that  a  uniform  pressure  is 
obtained,  thus  insuring  perfect  contact  between  the  positive  paper  and 
negative  plate.  The  back  boards  are  so  arranged  that  the  progress  of  the 
printing  may  be  watched  without  danger  of  shifting  the  paper. 

83 


Deep  Printing  Frame. 


For  Plates. 

3ix  4i.. 


4  X 
4i  X 
4i  X 
4  X 

4  X 

5  X 
5  X 
6J  X 
8  X 


5  . 
7  • 


Flat. 

Deep. 

to  55- . .  . 

. . . .$0  75 

55..- 

....  75 

55.-. . 

. ...  75 

6o    .  , 

....  85 

65... 

...  95 

65.... 

...  95 

70  

.  ...  I  05 

70.... 

. . . .  1  05 

70... 

. . . .  I  05 

85.-.. 

I  20 

I  15  

  I  40 

For  Plates.  Flat.  Deep. 
II  X  14   .$2  15.  .  .  .  $2  60 

13  X  16  2  85   3  30 

14  X  16   3  10   3  60 

16  X  20   5  20   5  70 

17  X  20  5  40   5  90 

18  X  22  5  50   6  25 

20  X  24   5  65   6  40 

24  X  30   9  00 

35  X  45  16  00 

30  X  60*  22  00 


^Larger  or  special  sizes  made  to  order  at  short  notice,  according  to 
specification. 

When  made  with  backs  to  open  lengthways,  ten  per  cent,  is  added  to 
the  foregoing  prices  for  the  respective  sizes. 


New  York  Printing  Frame. 


This  Frame  was  made  in  consequence  of  a  demand  for  such  a  pat- 
tern, combining  lightness  and  strength.    1-4  size,  price,  each  $0  50 


84 


Atwood's  Patent  Rerersible  Printing  Frame. 


This  frame  is  square,  and  just  as  it  is  shown  in  the  accompanying  illus- 
tration. It  is  made  with  double  corners,  and  in  utility  combines  the  action 
of  the  regular  and  the  lengthways  printing  frames. 

It  will  be  seen  that  the  back  also  of  this  frame  is  square,  with  small 
blocks  cut  out  to  fit  the  corners,  thus  allowing  the  back  to  be  placed  upon 
the  negative  so  that  the  springs  and  hinges  will  extend  either  lengthways 
or  crossways  of  the  subject.  The  advantage  of  this  action  will  easily  be 
perceived. 

Suppose  the  negative  of  a  standing  figure  to  have  been  placed  in  the 
Atwood  Frame,  and  the  back  put  in  with  the  springs  parellel  to  the  length 
of  the  subject.  Either  half  of  the  back  board  can  be  opened  and  thrown 
over  on  the  other,  in  this  manner  allowing  such  an  examination  of  the  print 
as  to  show  a  view  from  the  head  to  the  foot. 

Again,  in  printing  from  a  group  negative,  the  back  of  the  Atwood 
Frame  can  be  placed  to  open  crossways  of  the  negative,  thus  giving  an 
opportunity,  when  examining  the  print,  of  seeing  all  the  faces. 

In  printing  a  landscape  where  cloud  negatives  are  used,  and  the  back 
has  been  set  in  the  manner  just  described,  it  is  possible  to  contrast  the  sky 
with  the  other  features  of  the  view  on  the  print. 

There  is  no  reason  why  prints  from  two  5x8  negatives  of  different 
subjects  may  not  be  made  at  one  time  in  an  8  x  10  Atwood  Frame.  Other 
good  uses  will  he  apparent,  and  we  need  not  enumerate  them.  The  back 
can  be  made  to  open  two-thirds,  instead  of  at  the  centre,  where  so  desired 
and  ordered. 


Size  for  ^  negatives,  each  $0  75 


-  4-4 
8  X  10 
10  X  12 
"  II  X  14 
*  14  X  17 


90 

I  20 

1  60 

2  75 

3  50 


85 


Plate  Vises  for  Holding  Glass  when  being 

Polished. 

Manufactured  in  Ha^'d  Wood^  with  Improved  Screw  Adjustment. 


No.  I. — For  holding  1-9  to  8  x  [O  plates,  with  best  quality  of  screw, 
price,  each,  50  cents. 


Extra  Sizes  and  Quality. 


No,  2. — For  plates  from  1-9  to  4-4.  . .  . 
3. —       **  4-4  to  17  X  20. 


5  70 


Negative  Boxes. 


Manufactured  from  White-wood^  laith  Hinged  Cover,     A  Very  Superiar 

Article. 


Regular, 
with  Hoolc. 

Light  Tight,  wit 
Lock  and  Key. 

holding  twenty-four 

1-9     plates,  each.  . 

.  ...  $0 

60 

$1 

75 

1-6 

60 

I 

80 

3ix4| 

70 

I 

90 

( (               ( ( 

4x5 

75 

I 

95 

( <               ( ( 

4^x5! 

75 

I 

95  • 

H  11 

4-1  x6i 

75 

2 

00 

li  l< 

4x7 

80 

2 

00 

4x8 

85 

2 

05 

5x7 

90 

2 

10 

<  <                      ( ( 

5x8 

95 

2 

15 

( (                      <  k 

6ix8i 

.  .  .  .  I 

05 

2 

30 

C  (                               (  < 

8  X  10  " 

...  I 

20 

2 

60 

<  (  (I 

TO  X  12 

  2 

40 

3 

90 

twelve 

II  X  14 

.  3 

55 

5 

00 

ii  (( 

13  X  16 

  3 

80 

5 

30 

14x17 

...  4 

00 

5 

75 

((               ( < 

16  X  20 

  5 

00 

6 

50 

17  X  21 

...  .  5 

20 

7 

20 

20  X  24  " 

.  ...  6 

20 

8 

00 

Special  sizes  made  to  order  to  hold  any  number  of  plates  required. 


87 


AMERICAN  LENSES. 


The  folly  of  paying  large  prices  for  foreign  lenses  is  now  well 
understood  by  American  photographers,  since  those  of  domestic 
manufacture  are  so  much  lower  in  price  and  fully  equal  in  quality. 

That  every  one  interested  may  be  fully  aware  of  these  facts, 
what  follows  is  circulated.  It  will  pay  you  to  read  the  whole 
carefully,  and  in  purchasing  new  Lenses  do  not  forget  the  infor- 
mation here  given. 

A  NEW  POKTKAIT  L.ENS. 

The  selection  of  a  portrait  lens  has  not  inaptly  been  compared  to  the 
selection  of  a  horse.  An  animal  which  would  prove  unexceptionable  as  a 
race-horse  or  hunter,  might  be  of  little  value  as  a  farmer's. hack  ;  while,  on 
the  other  hand,  the  most  serviceable  and  valuable  cart-horse  in  the  farmer's 
possession  would  be  nowhere  in  any  contested  race  in  which  rapidity  or 
getting  rapidly  over  the  course  formed  the  sine  qua  non.  As  in  horses,  so 
with  lenses.  There  are  instruments  which  are  extremely  rapid  in  action, 
but  in  which  this  valuable  quality  is  secured  at  the  expense  of  other  equall)^ 
valuable  properties.  It  is  emphatically  true  of  lenses  that  there  is  no  gain 
without  a  corresponding  loss.  Great  rapidity  in  a  lens  necessarily  implies 
a  large  aperture  in  relation  to  its  focus :  for  this  is  the  conditi'on  for  rapid- 
ity of  action.  But,  unfortunately,  this  condition  is  fatal  to  that  degree  of 
depth  of  definition  which  ought  to  be  the  concomitant  of  every  photograph 
intended  to  lay  claim  to  pictorial  merit. 

Having  carefully  studied  and  analyzed  the  requirements  of  the  most  skill- 
ful photographers,  the  Scovill  Manufacturing  Company  brought  the  full  re- 
sources of  their  optical  department  (which  is  under  the  management  of  Mr. 
Morrison)  to  bear  upon  the  production  of  a  class  of  lenses  which  should,  in 
the  most  perfect  manner  known  to  modern  science,  supply  the  want  of  the 
photographer,  and  hence  the  introduction  of  their  now  world- renowned 

Peerless"  series  of  portrait  combinations.  In  this  series,  it  need  scarcely 
be  said,  are  embraced  lenses  of  great  rapidity,  such  as  the  Extra  Rapid 
Peerless,''  which,  from  its  large  aperture  and  short  focus,  is  pre-eminently 
the  lens  for  securing  the  evanescent  smile  on  the  ever-changing  face  of  a 
baby.  This  is  the  *  *  i  ace-horse  "  among  the  optical  tools  required  by  the  pho- 
tographer. When  used  without  any  diaphragm,  it  possesses  an  unsurpassed 
degree  of  rapidity,  and  hence  its  great  value  as  a  "baby-lens,"  or  for 
any  purpose  in  which  an  abnormally  brief  exposure  is  required. 

But,  owing  to  the  inexorable  law  of  optics  to  which  we  have  referred, 
depth  can  only  be  obtained  by  the  insertion  of  a  diaphragm,  by  which  it  is 
thus  brought  under  the  same  conditions  as  other  lenses.  Possessing  a 
giant's  power,  which  can  at  all  times  be  drawn  upon  when  desired,  it  is  not 
always  expedient  to  have  recourse  to  its  full  capabilities. 

Of  late  there  has  arisen  a  demand  for  a  class  of  lens  somewhat  different 
from  any  of  the  recognized  favorites  among  the  portrait  combinations — 
something  that  should,  with  full  opening,  possess  covering  power  sufficient 
to  fill  an  8  X  10  plate,  and  defining  qualities  so  good  as  to  take  a  sharp 
standing  figure  the  same  size,  while  at  the  same  time  there  should  be  a  de- 
gree of  penetrative  power  sufficient  to  give  a  depth  of  definition,  to  render 
it  equally  serviceable  for  groups.  This  desideratum  is  now  attained,  and  we 
are  happy  to  state  that  the  new  Full  Figure"  lens  more  than  fulfills  these 
conditions.  It  has  been  submitted  to  experts,  who  have  all  pronounced  it 
an  unqualified  success.  Its  rapidity  is  rather  greater  than  that  of  a  larger 
lens  of  the  same  focus  stopped  down  to  equal  aperture,  while  its  range  and 
depth  of  focus  are  remarkable.  These  excellent  properties  are  obtained  by 
the  adoption  of  an  entirely  new  set  of  curves,  to  which  the  glasses  have 


88 


been  ground  ;  and  we  think  it  well  to  state  that  the  old  lines  upon  which 
lenses  have  been  hitherto  constructed  have  been  quite  departed  from,  and 
an  entirely  new  principle  adopted  in  the  front  lens,  by  means  of  which  these 
valuable  qualities  are  not  only  secured  with  a  degree  of  perfection,  leaving 
nothing  to  be  desired,  but  at  a  cost  so  low  ($90)  as  to  insure  the  new  Full 
Figure  "  lens  a  place  in  every  gallery  in  the  country. 

Being  absolutely  rectilinear,  it  forms  a  good  copying  lens.  From  its 
great  range,  it  is  unsurpassed  for  groups  ;  while,  when  worked  without  any 
diaphragm  at  all,  it  forms  a  lens  for  portraiture  second  to  none  which  re- 
quires an  exposure  not  exceeding,  sa)^  ten  or  twelve  seconds  in  a  gallery 
lighted  in  an  average  manner. 

The  diameter  of  the  lens  is  three  inches,  the  equivalent  focus  twelve 
inches,  and  the  back  focus  eleven  and  a  half  inches. 

There  is  an  enormous  demand  for  the  new  "Full  Figure"  lens, 
which,  reverting  to  the  simile  with  which  we  started,  possesses  in  itself 
those  properties  found  in  the  hunter,  the  roadster,  cart-horse,  and  farm- 
yard hack,  and  which  thus  make  it  The  Universal  Lens. 


Morrison's  **Full  Figure"  8xlO 
Portrait  Lens. 

Price  $90  00 


EXTRA  RAPID  "PEERLESS''  LENSES. 

Our  readers  will  observe  a  reduction  in  the  prices  of  these  very  popular 
lenses,  i.e.,  size,  reduced  to  $85.00  instead  of  $90.00,  and  Extra  4-4  to 
$160.00  instead  of  $200.00, 

This  change  is  only  possible  on  account  of  increased  facilities  and  larger 
demand  for  the  lenses.  Every  lens  guaranteed  to  give  satisfaction,  or  no 
sale. 

The  stock  of  ''Peerless"  Quick-Acting  Extra  4-4  Lenses  having  been 
exhausted,  they — the  "  Quick-Acting" — will,  in  this  size,  be  superseded  by 
the  Extra  Rapid  "Peerless"  Lenses.  The  1-4,  1-2,  and  4-4  sizes  Quick- 
Acting  "  Peerless  "  will  be  supplied  as  formerly. 


The  "Peerless"  Portrait  Lens. 

"PEERLESS"  QUICK  ACTING. 

Price. 

No.  1  a.  1-4  size,  Double  Achromatic  Lenses,  2^  in.  diam- 
eter, focal  length  4  in.,  Rack  and  Pinion,  and  fitted 
with  five  Waterhouse  Diaphragms  in  morocco  case. .  .$25  00 

No.  2  a.  1-2  size.  Double  Achromatic  Lenses  2|-  in.  diam- 
eter, focal  length  7  in..  Rack  and  Pinion,  and  fitted 
with  seven  Waterhouse  Diaphragms  in  morocco  case.  40  00 

No.  3  a.  4-4  size.  Double  Achromatic  Lenses,  3  in.  diam- 
eter, focal  length  9  in..  Rack  and  Pinion,  and  fitted 
with  eight  Waterhouse  Diaphragms  in  morocco  case. .  60  00 
These  Lenses  are  guaranteed  first-class  in  every  respect. 


89 


Size. 

1 

2" 


THE  LATEST  IMPROVEMENT  in  PHOTOGRAPHIC  OBJECTIVES 

Extra  Rapid     Peerless'*  Lenses. 

Diam.  Back  Focus.  Price. 

Rack  and  Pinion , . ,  .2^  inches  6^  inches  $60  00 

4-4      Rigid  Mounting  H    "   8       "    85  00 

Ex.  4-4  "  "   4     "   12       "   160  00 

These  Lenses  work  with  an  aperture  the  full  size  of  the  Lens, 
and,  being  short  focus,  are  very  rapid.  They  give  perfect  defini- 
tion with  great  depth  of  focus. 


Morrison's  Wide-Angle  View  Lenses. 

Patented  May  21,  1872. 

These  Lenses  are  absolutely  rectilinear;  they 
embrace  an  angle  of  fully  100  degrees,  and  are 
the  most  rapid  wide-angle  lenses  made. 


Size  of  Plate. 


Equivalent 
Focus. 


2 

8  X 


.  ^ 

,.  8 
.101 

.  .14 
.17 
.22 


Price, 
Each. 

$25  00 
.  25  00 
.  25  00 
.  25  00 
.  25  00 
.  25  00 
.  25  00 
80  00 
.  40  00 
.  m  00 
.  80  00 
120  00 


These  3  sizes  will 
fit  into  1  flange. 


These  5  sizes  will 
fit  into  1  flange. 


These  2  sizes  will 
fit  into  1  flange. 

These  2  sizes  will 
fit  into  1  flange. 


..4x4 
..4x5 
..  4ix  7i 
..5   X  8^ 
..  6ix  84 
..8  X  10 

.  .11   X  14  .  .101    "    40  00  ^ 

..14  X  17  " 
.  .17   X  20  .  .17  ....  80  00  ( 

.  .20  X  24 

Remarks. — Nos.  1  to  6  are  all  made  in  matched  pairs  for 
stereoscopic  work.  The  shorter-focused  Lenses  are  especially 
adapted  for  street  and  other  views  in  confined  situations.  For 
general  purposes,  a  pair  of  No.  5  Lenses  will  be  found  most  useful. 

Morrison's  Instantaneous  Wide- Angle  View  Lenses. 

With  full  opening,  these  lenses  have  all  the  extreme  depth  for 
which  the  Morrison  Regular  Wide-Angle  Lenses  are  noted.  They 
work  with  extreme  rapidity,  and  will  cover  ;in  angle  of  90  degrees 
sharp.    Furnished  with  a  pneumatic  drop  and  a  set  of  diaphragms. 


Diameter  of  Lens. 

Size  of  Plate,  Full 
Opening. 

Size  of  Plate  when 
Stopped  Down. 

Focus. 

Price. 

1  inch. 

4  X   4  inches. 

5x7  inches. 

5^  inch. 

*45  00 

1  " 

4x   6  " 

8x10 

8  " 

65  00 

li  " 

5x8  " 

10  X  1-^  " 

10  " 

80  00 

H  " 

8x10  " 

14x17  " 

13  " 

80  00 

Protectors  for  anv  of  above  Lenses  $12  00 

^*  C  Group  Lenses   12  00 

CC    17  00 


90 


Tested  by  the  best  known  Experts  in  this  Country  and  pronounced  Unequaled, 

Morrison's  New  Rapid  Copying  Lens. 

This  new  Lens  of  Mr.  Morrison's  is  confidently  offered  to  the 
fraternity  in  the  belief  that  it  is  superior — for  the  particular  class 
of  work  for  which  it  is  intended — to  any  other  make  in  the  mar- 
ket, viz.:  COPYING,  OUTDOOR  GROUPS  and  INSTAN- 
TANEOUS  VIEWS. 

Parties  desiring  a  first-class  Lens  at  a  reasonable  price  are  re- 
quested to  try  the  Morrison  Neiv  Rapid  Copying  Lens  before 
purchasing  any  other. 

Size  of  Equivalent 
Size  of  Group.  Landscape.         Back  Focus,      Focus.  Each. 

B.  ...  4  X   4  in....  5   x  8  in . .  . .  5i  in . . .  .  6  in  MO  00 

C.  ...  4  X   5  6ix  8i^*  ....7i  8    45  00 

CO...  5  x  6  8  xlO  ^'  ...lOi    60  00 

D  ....  6ix  8  "  . .  ..11  xl4  *^  .  .12i  ...  .13  .  .  .  70  00 
E  ....  8  xlO  ^^...14  xl7  ^^..15    '^...16  "   80  00 

F.  ...10  xl'^  "  ....17  x20  "  ...18       ....19i^^  100  00 

G.  ...11   xl4  *^...18- x22     ..  .23     "....24i"  125  00 

The  B  Lens  is  supplied  with  sliding  stop  for  instantaneous 

work,  without  extra  charge.    Sliding  Stop  to  C  and  CC,  $5  extra. 
Larger  sizes  to  order. 

These  Lenses  work  with  full  aperture  for  Groups,  and  will  copy 
absolutely  sharp  to  the  corners  of  the  plate,  marked  under  the 
head  of    Size  of  Landscape."    They  are  absolutely  rectilinear. 

Each  Lens  is  supplied  with  a  set  of  Diaphragms  in  morocco  case. 

Pneumatic  Attachment  for  B,  C  and  CC  Group  Lenses,  $5  00. 


A  New  Departure  in  Morrison  Wide-Angle  Lenses. 

(Extract  from  Photographic  Times,  Vol  xiv.  Page  277.) 
Opening  the  velvet-lined  morocco  case  presented  to  us  for  our  inspec- 
tion, we  find  partitioned-off  space  containing  an  ordinary  5-inch  Morrison 
Wide-Angle  Lens,  on  which  the  front  and  back  combinations  are  distinctly 
marked  with  the  figure  5.  Beside  this,  in  cells,  are  four  mountings  with 
lenses  of  varying  focal  lengths,  each  marked  in  white  with  a  number.  By 
unscrewing  the  back  combination  marked  5,  and  putting  in  its  place  the 
mounting  marked  6,  a  lens  of  6-inch  back  focus  is  obtained.  Again,  b}^ 
removing  both  these  cells  and  replacing  them  with  the  two  marked  8,  a 
lens  of  8-inch  back  focus  is  the  result.  By  screwing  in  the  front  combin- 
ation marked  5  and  the  back  combination  marked  4,  a  lens  of  4-inch  back 
focus  is  obtained.  Putting  a  front  combination  marked  8  and  a  back 
marked  6,  a  focus  of  7  inches  is  produced.  Thus  the  operator  has  a  choice 
of  five  focal  lengths  with  the  one  lens.    Price  for  the  whole,  $80. 


Water  bury  Lenses  • 

A  compound  achromatic  Lens,  composed  of  abi-convex  Lens  of  crown 
glass  cemented  to  a  plano-convex  Lens  made  of  the  best  flint  glass. 

The  Waterbury  Lens  is  mounted  in  a  nickel-plated  tube  with  a  single 
aperture,  which  gives  the  full  power  of  the  Lens. 

PRICE. 

No.  1,  Single   $3  50  I  No.  2,  Single  $4  50 

1,  Matched  pair   7  00  |    "    3,    8  00 


Darlot  Portrait  Lenses. 

Rack  and  Pinion,  with  Central  Stops. 

1-4  size,  4^  inch  focus  18  75 

1-2    "    7   17  50 

4-4    "    for  8-10  plates,  lOi  inch  focus. .  .35  50 

The  ^  size  we  can  furnish  in  matched  pairs. 


Darlot  (Juick  Working  Portrait  Lenses. 

Rack  and  Pinion,  wiTit  Central  Stops. 

1-2  size,  5i  inch  focus  ,  $22  00 

4-4         8^    43  00 


Darlot  Hemispherical. 

Wide-Angle  Rectilinear  View  Lenses. 

These  Lenses  embrace  an  angle  of  90  degrees,  and  are  valuable 
for  taking  views  of  buildings,  interiors,  etc.,  in  confined  situations, 
where  those  of  longer  focus  cannot  be  used. 

Back  Focus.  Size  View.  Price. 

No.  1,  2^  inches  For  Stereoscopic  Work,  each  $12  50 

2,  3    "   15  00 

3,  5    8  x10   20  00 

4,  8       "   10  x  12   ...  25  00 


Darlot  Rapid  Hemispherical  Ylew  Lenses. 

These  Lenses  embrace  an  angle  of  from  60  to  75  degrees;  are 
quick-acting,  perfectly  rectilinear,  and  provided  with  central  stops. 
Will  be  found  very  fine  lenses  for  landscapes  and  outdoor  groups  ; 
also  for  copying  engravings,  maps,  architectural  subjects,  etc. 

Back  Focus.  Size  View.  Price. 

No.  1,    5^  inches   5x   6   $15  00 

2,  9    5  x  8   25  00 

3,  lOi      ^'    8  x  10   35  00 

No.  1  can  be  had  in  matched  pairs  for  Stereoscopic  work. 


Darlot  Gem  Lenses. 

Plain. 

1-9  size,  each   $2  50 

1-4  "    4  00 

Brass  Plate  for  4,  1-9,  $1.25  ;   for  4,  1-4   1  50 


Imitation  Dallmeyer  Stereo.  Lenses,  per  pair.  $18.00 

each,  9.00 


Prices  of  Central  Stops,  Flanges  and  Leather  Caps. 

(Furnished  to  Order) 
FOE  MOBBISON'S  AITB  PEEBLESS  LENSES. 

Central  Stops, 
in  Leather 

Drops.       Case.      Flanges.  Caps. 

Wide- Angle,  including  10  inch  $        ..$  ..   ..$1  50.. $0  60 

from  13  to  17  inch                                2  00..  .. 

B  Group  Lenses                              2  00..  3  75..  1  50..  75 

C          "                                       2  25..  4  00..  1  85..  75 

CC        "                                        2  50. .  5  50. .  2  00. .  1  50 

*D        "                                        2  50. .  6  75.  .  2  50. .  1  50 

*E        "                                        3  00.  .  G  75.  .  2  75.  .  1  50 

fF                                                3  00..  7  75..  2  85..  1  75 

fG                                                3  50..  8  75..  3  75..  2  00 

10  and  13  inch  Instantaneous  Wide- 
Angle  View  Lenses                   2  25. .  4  00.  .  1  75. .  75 

5-2-  and  8  inch  Instantaneous  Wide- 
Angle  View  Lenses                   2  00. .  3  75. .  1  75. .  75 

i  size  Peerless  Lenses                             . .  4  50 . .  2  50 .  .  1  50 

i                  "                                          5  00 .  .  3  00 . .  1  75 

I        "                                                      6  50. .  3  50. .  2  00 

Ex.     "          "                                            7  50..  4  50..  2  50 

*Drops  with  Pneumatic  Attachments,  $10  00. 
t    "  "  "  20  00. 


POR  THE  DARLOT  PORTRAIT  LENSES. 


1-4  size, 
1-3 

1-  2  " 

2-  3  " 
4-4  " 


Central  Stops. 

Flanges. 

Leather  Caps. 

  $1  50  

. . 10  75 . 

$0  50 

  1  50.... 

. .  75. 

75 

  1  75.... 

..  80. 

80 

  2  00.... 

..  1  00. 

1  00 

  2  25.... 

..  1  25. 

1  10 

  2  50.... 

. .  1  50. 

  1  25 

C.  C.  H.  FOCUSING  GLASSES. 

Scovill's  Focusing  Glass. 
This  is  a  desirable  little  instrument  for  aiding  the 
operator  in  getting  a  sharp  focus.    Like  this  cut. 

C.  C.  H  14  00 

Scovill's  3-legged  Focusing  Glass,  each   75 

Save  your  eyes  by  using  these  instruments. 

98 


THE  ^^WATERBURY 
FINDER/' 

Each  $3.00, 

To  attach  to  Camera  for 
instantaneous  work. 


PRICE    LIST  OF 

PHOTOGRAPHIC  AGATE-IRON  WARE. 

Patented  May  30th,  1876,  Feb.  27th  and  July  3d,  1877. 


ACATE-IRON  CORRUGATED  FUNNELS. 


Per  Doz. 

Gill  $2  25 

iPint   2  75 

Pint   3  85 


Per  Doz . 

Quart  $5  50 

2  Quarts   7  00 

4  Quarts  10  00 


ACATE-IRON  MEASURES. 


Per  Doz. 

Gill  U  25 

iPint   4  40 

Pint...   5  50 


Per  Doz. 

Quart  $7  90 

2Quaris  11  40 

4  Quarts  16  50 


ACATE-IRON   LIPPED  PANS. 


(The  Dimensions  given  are  for  Inside  the  Bottom  of  the  Tray.) 


Nos. 

31. 

33. 
33. 
34. 


5 
7 
8 
10 


7. 

9. 
10. 
13. 


Shallow. 

.$0  80. 
.  100. 
.  125. 
.  3  00. 


Deep. 
.$1  00 

.  1  35 
.  1  60 

.  3  35 


Nos. 

35. 
36. 
37. 
38. 


11  X  14., 
14x  17. 
15  X  19. 
19  x34., 


Shallow. 

.$3  00.., 
.  5  00.., 
.  7  00.., 
.13  00.., 


Deep. 

.$3  37 
.  6  00 
.  8  00 
.15  00 


94 


AGATE-IRON  EVAPORATING  DISHES. 


No.  ^^■■■■■^^^  Each. 

1.  Diameter,  5  inches;  Capacity,  1  Pint  $0  50 


2. 
3. 
4. 
5. 
6. 

IV 

I . 

8. 

9. 
10. 
Jl. 
12. 


8 

9 

12 
16 
18 
20 
22 
24 
26 
27 
28 


1  Quart, 
i  Gall. 

1  "  . 

2  "  . 

3  "  . 

4  "  . 

5  "  . 

6  "  . 

8  "  ' 

9  "  , 


75 
.  1  00 
.  1  65 
.  3  00 
.  4  00 
.  5  75 
.  8  50 
.11  00 
.15  00 
.20  00 
.27  00 


PHOTOGRAPHIC  PORCELAIN  WARE. 


Baths. 


3fx  4i 

6   X   6^   1  75. 

Stereoscopic   2  00. 

6i  X   8i   2  00. 

8 
10 
11 
13 
14 


Stands. 


Dippers. 


$1  00  $0  25  $0  30 


X  10 
X  12 
X  14 
X  16 

X  17   20  00   2  50. 


4  50  

.  7  75   1 

.11  50   1 


40. 
50. 
60. 
90. 
25. 
25. 


44 
66 
66 
82 
10 
25 


.19  00   2  00   1  50 

  1  85 


COVERED  BATHS,  Water-tight  Rubber  Tops. 

(Without  Stand  or  Dipper). 


3f  X  4^  $1  75 

Stereo,  and  5    x  6^   4  00 

5  X   8  and  6i  X  8|   5  00 

8  X  10   7  50 


10  X  12  $12  00 

11  X  14   18  00 

13  X  16   26  00 

14  X  17   27  00 

No.     PORCELAIN  EVAPORATING  DISHES. 

00.  Diameter,  16  inches,  containing  3  Gallons  $3  25 


0. 
1. 
2. 
3. 
4. 
5. 
6. 
7. 
8. 
9. 


14 
12 
11 
10 

9 

8 

7 

6 

H 
5 


2 

1  "  . 
3  Quarts. 

2  "  . 

3  Pints.. . 
2    "  ... 

24  Ounces. 
20     "  . 
16  " 
12  " 


2  25 


25 
00 
85 
70 
50 
45 
40 
35 
30 


95 


5 
7 
8 
10 


7. 

9. 
10. 
12. 


TRAYS. 

(Th.e  Dimensions  given  are  for  Inside  the  Bottom  of  the  Tray.) 


Shallow. 

.$0  45. 

66. 
.  82. 
.  1  32. 


Deep. 

.10  62 

82 

.  1  00 
.  1  66 


11  X  14. 

14  X  17. 

15  X  19. 
19  X  24. 


Shallow. 

.$2  16. 


.  5 
.  6 
.12 


10. 
28. 
88. 


Deep. 

.$2  64 
.  6  60 
.  8  00 
.16  00 


OUR  NEW  STYLE  SOLID  GLASS  BATHS 


are  made  expressly  for  us  of  selected  metal.  Each  Bath  will  be 
warranted  PERFECT  in  every  respect.  (We  cannot  guarantee 
against  breakage  in  transportation.) 


PRICES  ARE  AS  FOLLOWS. 

Size  In  In  Boxes. 

Inside  Original  A.  O.  Co.  make, 

Measurement.  Package.  for  Studio. 

EACH.  EACH. 

4x  5  10  87  $2  19. . . 


In  tight  top  Boxes. 
A.  O.  Co.  make, 
For  Outdoor. 

EACH. 

 $5  00 


5x  7   1  40. 

7  x  9   2  00. 

7  x10   2  30. 

9  xl2   2  35. 

11  xl4   4  25. 

12  x16   5  50. 


35. 
44. 


  5  31 

  6  25 

  6  56 

  7  81 

6  00  10  00 


3  75. 
5  00. 


50. 
00. 


.11  56 
.21  00 


16  x20  16  00  19 

18  x24  40  00  41  25  41  25 

20  x26  62  50  67  50  71  25 


ScoviU's  Glass  Pans. 


These  Pans  are  made  of  the  best  metal  and  are  as  serviceable 
as  porcelain  ware  and  much  less  fragile  than  india-rubber  ware. 
Their  transparency  adds  to  their  practical  value. 


Size.  Price  Each. 

4i  X  5^  inches  inside  bottom  of  Pan. . .   $0  38 

5x7  "  "  "    48 

5ix  8i  "  "  "    54 

7x9  "  "  "    68 

9  xll 

10ixl3i  "  "  "   

IHxUi  "  "  "   

14ixl7i  "  "  "   


GENUINE  B.  P.  C.  GLASS. 

Strictly  First  Quality. 
Size.  PerDoz.       Per  Gross. 

1-9  $0  10  $  90 

1-6   20   1  80 

1-4   25   2  50 

1-2   50   5  50 

4ix  6i   75   7  25 

6ix  Si   1  25  14  50 

8  xlO    2  00  26  50 

10  xl2    3  00  34  50 


Orange  Glass. 


For  Dark  Rooms. 

Sizes.  Per  Light. 

6Jx  8J  $0  20 

8  xlO    40 

10  xl2    50 

9  xl6    55 

11  xl4   55 

13  xl6    70 

12  x20    90 

18  xl9    1  25 

13  x32    1  50 

97 


SIZES. 

1st. 

2d. 

3d. 

4th. 

Plioto. . 

(  ei 

)  R 

V    10  i 

14.00 

25 

r 

'  10 

X   8  ) 
to  >• 

Y    1  ^  \ 

3.80 

13.33 

$3.24 

13.06 

40 

[ 

xl4  i 
to  >• 

X  ^rt  J 

4.14 

3.87 

3.69 

3.42 

50 

jl8 

'  90 

x22  j 
to  V 

Y    so  \ 

X  0\J  J 

5.31 

4.95 

4.50 

4.14 

54- 

24- 

x36  ) 
to  >• 
Y  SO  \ 

5.94 

5.31 

4.68 

•  •  •  • 

60- 

'  26 
24- 

x28  ) 
to  >• 
Y  S6  \ 

6.30 

5.76 

5.04 

.  •  •  • 

70- 

x36  i 
to  > 
V  44-  \ 

6.65 

6.21 

5.22 

*  • .  • 

80- 

-26 

x46  j 
to  >• 
Y  50  \ 

7.38 

6.93 

5.94 

•  •  •  • 

84- 

SO 

x52  j 
to  [ 

X  t)tt  J 

8.19 

7.56 

6.48 

.... 

90- 

34 

x56  j 
to  >• 
X  56  ) 

8.64 

7.92 

7.11 

.... 

94- 

•34 
34 

x58  ) 
to  >• 
X  60  ) 

9.09 

8.55 

7.74 

100 ' 

•36 
40 

X  60  ) 
to  [ 
X  60  ) 

10.26 

9.36 

8.55 

An  additional  10  per  cent,  will  be  charged  for  all  Glass  more 
than  40  inches  wide.  All  sizes  over  52  inches  in  length,  and  not 
making  more  than  81  united  inches,  will  be  charged  in  the  84 
united  inches  bracket. 


NEGATIVE  GLASS. 


All  French  and  American  Glass  has  advanced  rapidly,  and  the 
tendency  is  toward  another  advance.    These  are  our  present  prices  : 

Size.  No.  of  Lights  per  Box.        Per  Dozen.  Per  Box 

4ix  5i  282  $0  33  $4  67 

4ix  6i  262                      38   4  67 

5  x  7   180                      50   4  67 

5  x  8   180                      50   4  67 

6ix  U  131                      66   4  67 

8  xlO                              90                      88   4  67 

10  xl2                               60                   1  32   4  67 

11  xl4                              47                   1  76   6  32 

14  xl7                              31                  3  03   6  32 

16  x20                              23                   4  40   6  22 

18  x22                               18                   6  60   8  12 

20  x24                              15                  7  92   8  12 

22  x28                              12                  9  90....   9  07 

26  x32                                9  13  20   9  62 

30  x38    7  19  80  11  37 

No  allowance  for  breakage. 


Ruby  Glass, 

Same  price  as  Orange  Glass. 


CONVEX  GLASS. 


Per  Doz. 

Card  size,  Square,  2f  x  %\  inches  $0  35 

Oval,     2fx3l     "    30 

One-half  size  Oval,4i  x  5^   60 

"      Square,    4^x5-^   65 

Cabinet  size.  Square,  4^  x  6  "   ^  75 

Oval,     4ix6    70 

Promenade  size.  Square,  4:^  x  6|-  inches   85 

Panel  Shape,     4x8  inches   1  00 

Boudoir  (R.  C.)  5i  X  8i    135 

Square  &  Oval,  6^  x  8^    2  40 

8  xlO    3  00 

"      10  xl2    7  25 


Collodion  Filters. 


4  oz. 
6  oz . 
8oz. 


.$1 
.  1 
.  1 


25 
35 
50 


oz . 


12  oz  $2  00 

16  oz    2  50 

24  oz   2  50 

 $3  75 


99 


Collodion  Yials. 


2 

oz . 

.  .  .  plain 

,  $0  15 

Cometless, 

$. 

3 

oz . 

u 

18 

u 

4 

oz. 

n 

20 

ii 

1 

00 

6 

oz . 

u 

25 

ii 

1 

10 

8 

oz . 

u 

30 

ii 

1 

25 

10 

oz . 

ii 

35 

a 

1 

50 

16 

oz. 

a 

55 

a 

1 

75 

8 

oz. 

20 

8  oz.  Phenix  Dreg. 


25 


8  inch,  each, 
12  . 


Glass  Stirring  Rods. 

 $0  10 

  15 


15  inch,  each  $0  20 

18    "   25 

Both  ends  are  glaze  finished. 


Glass  Mortars  and  Pestles. 


Glass,  2^  inch  $0  15 

3    20 

^    30 


Glass,  4  inch  $0  40 

5    65 

6  "    1  00 


Wedgwood,  holds  20  ounces,   1  40 


Glass  Graduates. 

Minim  $0  25 

1  oz   20 

2oz   25 


oz . 

3  oz . 

4  oz . 
6  oz . 
8oz. 

12  oz. 
16  oz . 
24  oz. 
32  oz. 


30 
35 
45 
50 
80 
1  00 
1  00 
1  50 


Glass  Funnels. 


i  Pint  $0  12 


Pint . . 
Quart 


15 

20 


2  Quarts   ..10  35 

1  Gallon   60 

2   75 


100 


Actino-Hydrometers. 

For  testing  strength  of  Silver  Baths. 
Best  Single  Degree  Scale,  each  $0  60 


Pile's  Silyer  Test  Tube. 

Price  $2  00 


Grlass  Forms. 

For  cutting  out  Photographic  Prints.  Made  of  fine  polished 
Glass,  beveled  edge. 

Carte  de  Visite,  square,  each  $0  35 

Stereo  Cards,  square  or  arch,  each   50 

Victoria  Cards,  square,  each   50 

Cabinet  Cards,  "    60 

6i  X  S^y  square,  each.  .   1  00 

These  Forms  are  good  to  use  with  Robinson's  Straight  Cut 
Trimmers. 

DIAMONDS. 

Price. 

Ebony  Handle,  with  Keys,  each  $3  50 

plain   3  00 

Engraving  Diamond  for  numbering  or  lettering  negatives. .  3  75 


The  Manipulator. 


A  simple  and  useful  contrivance  for  protecting  the  hands  while 
making  negatives. 

Price  $0  90 


RUBBER  GLOVES. 

Just  the  Thing  to  Keep  Silver  off  the  Hands. 

Sizes.  Per  Pair. 

Ladies'  long,  Nos.  7,  8  and  9  $1  50 

short,  "  "    1  25 

Gents'  long,         12,  13  and  14   1  65 

$r  short,  "    1  35 

101 


India  Rubber  Ware. 

Covered  for 

New  Style 

No. 

Gallery. 

Field. 

Dippers. 

3.  4x5 

India  Rubber  Baths  $  90 

$0  35 

4.  5x7 

"    ....  1  20 

40 

5.    7  X  10 

(( 

"    .  *.  * !  1  80 

0 

ou 

45 

6.    9  X  11 

n 

3  60 

7 

no 

50 

7.  12  X  16 

u 

"    ....  5  50 

1  0 

Ov 

60 

8.  14  X  18 

n 

"    ....  6  50 

1  ^ 

JLO 

^0 

0\J 

90 

9.  17  X  20 

n 

"    ....  8  50 

ov 

"1      -I  A 

1  10 

10.  19  X  24 

(i 

"    ....10  00 

1  60 

4.  5x7 

Stereoscopic 

A 

yjyj 

5.    7  X  10 

a 

66 

ft 

00 

6.    9  X  11 

a 

66 

7 

75 

2.  4x5 

fiO 

3.  5x7 

a 

66 

80 

o  1       c  O 

3t.  5  X  8 

66 

1 

00 

4.  7x9 

a 

66 

1 

15 

5.    8  X  10 

66 

66 

80 

/»       -I  A          "1  O 

6.  10  X  1/5 

66 

66 

2 

10 

7.  1/5  X  lb 

66 

66 

3 

50 

8.  15  X  18 

66 

66 

5 

00 

9.  18  X  <>x> 

66 

66 

7 

75 

10.  21  X  26 

66 

66 

Q 

75 

/?  1       1  A         "1  O 

6f .  10  X  12 

66 

*^    extra  deep .  .  . 

4 

00 

7-^.  13  X  16 

i6 

6  6                      6  6 

00 

8i  15  X  18 

66 

6  6                      6  6 

7 

16 

9B.  18  X  22 

66 

66  66 

8 

00 

9i  19  X  24 

66 

6i  66 

9 

55 

10i.21  X  36 

66 

U  66 

12 

00 

40 

66 

66 

50 

2.  1 

66 

66 

55 

3.  1  Quart  each, 

66 

60 

BLACK  JAPANNED  DEVELOPING  TRAYS, 

MADE  OF  SELECTED  METiL  FOR  BEY  PLATE  PHOTOfiRAPHY. 


Size.  Price,  each. 

4ix  5i  inches  $0  20 

5i  X  8^  "    25 

7x9  "    30 

9  xll  "    40 

10  xl2  "   50 

13  xl5  "    60 

15  xl8  "                                                                   1  00 

19  x33  "                                                                   2  00 

33  x36  "                                                                3  50 


102 


Deyeloping  Bottles. 

All  Supplied  with  Pure  Rubber  Tubinc; — Guaranteed. 

Pdce  each. 

Bottle  to  hold  1  pint  of  Solution  $0  60 

"  1  quart        "    75 

2     "  "    1  00 

1  gallon      "   1  25 

DIRECTIONS  FOR  USE. 

When  the  developer  is  prepared  for  use,  if  it  is  left 
in  contact  with  the  atmosphere  it  gradually  decomposes  and  be- 
comes worthless.  This  bottle  was  contrived  to  guard  against  this, 
and  has  proved  perfectly  successful.  After  the  developer  has 
been  used,  instead  of  allowing  it  to  stand  in  an  open  vessel  ex- 
posed to  the  action  of  the  air,  it  is  poured  into  the  bottle,  care 
being  taken  to  hold  up  the  end  of  the  rubber  tube  attached  to  the 
nipple  at  the  bottom  of  the  bottle,  so  that  the  solution  cannot  run 
out;  then  pour  in  oil  of  any  kind  suitable,  such  as  sperm,  petro- 
leum, etc.  The  oil  will  float  upon  the  surface  of  the  water  and 
thus  effectually  protect  it  from  contact  with  the  atmosphere ;  then 
insert  the  cork  in  its  place  in  the  neck  of  the  bottle. 

When  about  to  use  the  developer  a  second  time,  place  the  de- 
veloping tray  containing  the  plate  in  a  convenient  position,  take 
the  cork  out  of  the  bottle,  lower  the  end  of  the  tube  over  the  tray, 
and  allow  the  proper  quantity  of  developer  to  flow  into  the  tray. 
When  a  sufficient  quantity  has  been  drawn  down,  replace  the  cork 
in  the  bottle,  and  keep  it  there  until  after  completing  the  develop- 
ment of  a  plate.  Then  pour  the  remaining  developer  back  into 
the  bottle,  for  the  oil  will  keep  the  air  from  the  solution,  and  it 
may  be  Used  over  and  over  again.  If  the  developer  shows  signs 
of  weakening,  a  small  quantity  of  new  solution  may  be  added  to 
strengthen  it. 


HEAD  RESTS. 

THE  "  S.  P.  C."  HEAD  RESTS. 

These  are  well  made  of  first  quality  cast  iron.  The  column  is 
secured  firmly  by  means  of  a  strong  wrought  iron  bolt  passing 
through  the  base.  All  the  thumbscrews  are  made  of  cast  bras.s, 
which  is  stronger  and  more  ornaiiiental  for  this  purpose  than 
iron. 

Tall,  complete,  each  $3  00 

Short,      "    2  75 

Back  Supports,  extra   75 

103 


The    S.  P.  C."  The  Spencer.'^ 


THE  "  SPENCER  "  HEAD  REST. 

The  best  and  most  complete  Head  Rest  yet  introduced.  It 
affords  an  effectual  and  firm  support  to  the  person  posed,  and  is 
quickly  adjusted  alike  for  a  child  or  tall  person,  without  the  re- 
moval of  any  of  its  parts.  . 

Price,  Nickel  Plated  Rods  $14  50 


SCHOLTEN'S    HEAD  REST    CLIPS,  EACH,  $2.50. 


JENNY  LIND  TABLE  STANDS. 

With  14  inch  Round  Top,  each  $3  00 

Burnishers. 

The  superiority  of  this  Burnisher  over  all  others,  consists  in 
cheapness,  simplicity  and  effectiveness,  and  the  impossibility  of 
the  machine  getting  out  of  order. 

The  Burnisher  can  be  heated  with  any  kind  of  a  lamp — alcohol, 
coal  oil  or  gas.  During  the  process  of  heating,  the  roll  can  be 
turned  back  from  the  burnishing  tool,  thereby  preventing  the  con- 
densation of  moisture  forming  on  the  roll  or  tool. 

To  dress  the  burnishing  tool,  the  roll  is  simply  turned  back 
from  the  tool  in  an  instant.  No  hot  plates  to  handle,  and,  conse- 
quently, no  burned  fingers. 

104 


CLOSED  FOR  USE. 


The  machine  has  also  the  patent  removable  burnishing  tool, 
which  is  a  decided  advantage. 


OPEN  FOR  POLISHING  THE  TOOL. 


If,  by  accident  or  otherwise,  the  burnishing  tool  becomes 
faced,  it  can  be  replaced  with  a  new  tool  at  mere  nominal  < 
and  the  machine  is  as  good  as  new. 

105 


PRICES   AS  FOLLOWS: 


6  inch  Roll  $15  00 

10  inch  Roll   25  00 


14  inch  Roll  $35  00 

20  inch  Roll   60  00 


Sizes  above  10  inches,  to  order,  at  short  notice. 


BURNISHING  TOOLS  FOR  ABOVE. 

We  can  only  supply  these  to  replace  broken  or  imperfect  ones. 
Each  new  burnisher  is  furnished  with  a  lamp,  cake  of  lubricator, 
emery  cloth  to  polish  tool,  and  instructions,  free. 


SCOVILL'S  NON-ACTINIC  DARK-ROOM  LANTERN. 

The  development  of  developers  for  dry-plate  work  has  been 
very  marked  during  the  past  few  months.  To  keep  pace  and,  in 
fact,  to  lead  in  the  development  of  all  that  pertains  to  dry-plate 

work  has  been  the  aim  of  the 
Scovill  Mfg.  Co.,  and  they  now 
announce  a  new  lantern  for 
dark-room  illumination,  to  be 
styled  "  Scovill's  Non-actinic 
Dark-Room  Lantern."  In  the 
opinion  of  the  most  eminent 
medical  authority  in  England, 
the  continued  use  of  ruby  light 
doubtless  works  very  great  and 
permanent  mischief  to  the  eye- 
sight. To  every  one  this  color 
of  light  has  been  very  unpleas- 
ant, and  the  announcement  that 
it  can  be  safely  superseded  by 
the  light  penetrating  orange 
glass  properly  modulated,  will 
be  hailed  with  satisfaction  by 
all,  both  professional  and  amateur.  Verily,  the  world  moves,  and 
the  day  of  the  baleful  ruby  light  has  passed  away. 

Price,  each  12  00 

106 


W.  I.  A.  Ruby  Light  Lantern. 


Used  when  putting  Dry  Plates  into  the  Holders,  and  also  when 
developing  them.    Price,  each  $0  50 


LIGHT  IN  THE   DARK  ROOM. 

CARBUTT^S  MULTUM  IN  PARYO  LANTERN. 


Lantern  arranged  for  developing,  and,  after  fixing,  examining  negative 

by  opal  light. 

The  following  are  some  of  the  advantages  possessed  by  this 
Lantern  :  It  is  simple  and  easy  to  manage,  nothing  complicated, 
yet  has  three  separate  and  distinct  forms  of  light,  and  can  be  used 
for  seven  or  more  different  operations  in  photography.  It  is 
adapted  for  the  use  of  either  oil  or  gas ;  is  provided  with  coal  oil 
lamp,  an  improved  patent  burner  and  s-ilver  reflector;  is  about 
nine  inches  square  by  fourteen  high,  with  8  x  10  light  of  deep  ruby 
glass  in  front,  and  hood  for  protecting  the  eyes  from  the  glare  of 
the  red  light.    A  fuller  descriptive  circular  sent  on  application. 

Price,  boxed,  ready  for  shipment  ^6 

107 


Coal  Oil  Stoves. 


SCOYILL'S  ADAPTABLE  WASHING  BOX. 

(PATENTED.) 


GUARANTEED   NOT  TO  RUST. 


The  8  X  10  Adaptable  Box  has  the  desirable  feature  of  being 
arranged  so  that  plates  of  6-|  x  8^,  5x8  and  4x5  size  can  be 
washed  in  it  in  addition  to  the  8x10  size. 

108 


Price  each. 

5x8  Adaptable  Washing  Box  $2.00 

8  X  10       "    2.75 

10  X  12       "  "    3.10 


It  IS  necessary  at  a  certain  stage  of  development  to  remove 
from  photographic  negatives  all  traces  of  Hyposulphite  of  Soda, 
and  it  is  not  generally  convenient  to  place  them  where  water  will 
flow  over  their  surface  a  sufficient  length  of  time  to  accomplish 
this  effectually,  without  injury  to  the  sensitive  film.  To  watch 
the  plate  is  to  waste  time.  The  flow  over  it  should  be  of  gentle 
force.  This  can  best  be  regulated,  and  a  thorough  cleansing  from 
Hyposulphite  of  Soda  of  every  portion  of  the  negative  be  assured, 
by  the  employment  of  one  of  the  continuous  flow  Negative  Wash- 
ing Boxes.  The  Dry  Plates  are  slid  into  the  grooves,  a  guarantee 
that  the  film  will  not  be  disturbed  or  marred;  a  bit  of  hose  is 
slipped  over  a  tap,  and  then  at  the  other  end  over  the  lower  spout 
of  the  box,  which  should  be  used  as  the  inlet.  This  receiving 
pipe  conducts  the  water  underneath  the  false  bottom,  which  is 
perforated  in  every  square  inch.  The  result  accomplished  by  this 
form  of  construction  is  to  prevent  the  water  from  passing  through 
the  box  with  too  great  force.  Besides  acting  as  a  check,  it  causes 
the  water  to  be  equally  distributed,  so  that  every  plate  and  every 
portion  of  a  plate  is  washed  to  the  same  extent.  The  upper  spout, 
designed  for  the  outlet,  is  made  fully  twice  the  diameter  of  the  in- 
let, to  guard  against  the  possibility  of  overflow. 


SCOVILL'S  WASHING  BOXES- 

PRICE  LIST. 

No.  1,  for  3ix  4i  Plates  $1  20 

"   2,       4  X  5    1  25 

3,  4ix  5i     "    1  30 

4,  4ix  6i    1  35 

"   5,       5  X  7    1  40 

6,       5  X  8    1  50 

"   7,  "  6ix  8i     "    1  75 

"   8,  ^'  8  X 10       "    2  25 

9,     10  X 12    3  00 

"  10,     11  X  14    3  50 

Larger  sizes  made  to  order. 

Decorated  Negative  Washing  Boxes,  40c.  additional  for  each 

size. 

109 


Robinson's  New  Model  Photograph  Trimmers. 


Price 


$0  50 


Plan  of  Holding  the  Revolving  Trimmer  when  in  use. 
Price  $1  00 

Robinson's  Photograph  Trimmer  is  substituted  for  the  knife 
for  trimming  photographs,  and  does  the  work  much  more  expedi- 
tiously and  elegantly.  They  save  time,  save  prints,  and  save 
money. 

They  do  not  cut,  hut  pinch  off  the  waste  paper,  and  leave  the 
print  with  a  neatly  beveled  edge  which  facilitates  adherence  to 
the  mount.  Try  one,  and  you  will  discard  the  knife  and  punch 
at  once.  For  ovals  and  rounded  corners  they  are  worth  their 
weight  in  gold. 


Robinson's  Guides. 

Made  of  sheet  iron.  We  furnish  to  order  the  following  regular 
sizes  at  10  cents  per  inch  the  longest  way  of  the  aperture. 

OVALS. 


2  x2^ 


3|x4f 
3|x4f 


3ix4^ 
3fx5i 
4  x5f 
4|x6f 


5  x7 

5ix7i 
5fx7| 


5|x7f 
6  x8 
6ix8i 
6ix8i 


7  x9 
7ix9i 
7ix9i 
7ix9f 


110 


SQUARE  OR  ROUND  CORNERED. 


lyVxSf  2^^x31  2|x4i  4  x5| 

lix3f  2t%x3|  2ix4f  4ix5j 

1  i  x3i  2i  x4i  3fx5i  3^x6 

lAx3  If  4  x6^ 

Arch  Tops.  Round  Cornered.  Round. 

3yVx3f,  3x3  3yVx3i,  3x3  3x3 


The  above  sizes  suit  the  Collins  Card  Mounts,  and  photogra- 
phers knowing  that  they  can  always  be  had  at  the  low  price  of 
ten  cents  per  inch,  would  do  well  to  make  their  sizes  accord,  as 
orders  can  also  be  filled  more  quickly.  Ten  days  is  required  to 
make  special  sizes. 

Special  sizes  made  to  order  at  15  cents  per  inch  the  longest 
way  of  the  aperture. 


Weymouth^s  Vignette  Papers. 


Nineteen  sizes  are  now  made,  suiting  all  dimensions  of  pictures 
from  a  small  carte  figure  to  Victorias,  cabinets,  whole  size,  etc. 
They  are  printed  in  black  for  ordinary  negatives,  yellow  bronze 


for  thin  negatives,  and  red  bronze  for  still  weaker  ones. 

In  envelopes,  containing  one  each  Nos.  1  to  15  $1  00 

Nos.  1,  2,  3,  4  and  5,  for  cartes,  per  doz   50 

Nos.  6,  7,  11,  12  and  13,  for  large  cartes  and  Victorias,  per 

doz   75 

Nos.  8,  9, 10, 14, 15  and  15|,  for  cabinets  and  4-4  size,  per  doz.  1  00 

Nos.  16,  17  and  18,  for  cabinet  and  half-size,  per  doz   1  25 

111 


Cut-Outs  or  Medallion  Masks. 


For  Carte  de  Visite  3  sizes,  per  doz  $0  15  '*:| 

^'   Victoria,  1  size,        "    20  ^ 

Cabinet,  2  sizes,    25  ; 

^'   4-4  Ovals,  set  of  one  doz   30  ! 

One  package,  containing  six  of  each  of  above  seven  sizes.  .  .  75 
Gihon's  Cut-Outs,  30  assorted  sizes  (sjld  only  in  sets):  ....  1  00  j 


McDonald's  Metallic  Yignetter* 

THE  GREATEST  LABOR-SAVING  INVENTION  OF  THE  AGE. 


/"A  TENT  APPLIED  FOR. 

The  latest  and  best  attachment  ever  offered  to  the  fraternity. 
Easily  attached  to  ordinary  printing  frames.  Can  be  changed  to 
thirty  different  positions — any  one  of  them  in  from  3  to  5 
seconds.  Will  save  your  printer  nine-tenths  of  his  time  in  setting 
vignettes.  The  finest  and  most  difficult  effects  can  be  produced 
as  easy  as  the  most  simple.  The  card-board  slides  can  be  cut 
any  desired  shape  or  size.     No  photographer  can  afford  to  be 

112 


without  them,  for  they  will  save  time,  labor  and  money,  and  gain 
a  reputation  for  producing  fine  work.    Order  a  sample. 

PRICE  LIST. 

Per  Doz.  Per  Doz. 

For  3i  X  4i  size  Frame . .  $6  00     For  5    x  8    size  Frame . .  $7  50 
4i  X  5i  "     . .  7  50       "   6i  X  8i    "       ^'    . .  9  00 

4i  X  6i  . .  7  50  8   X  10  . .  9  00 

^^5x7     "  . .  7  50 

As  a  matter  of  convenience  and  taste  we  attach  the  McDonald 
Vignetters  to  American  Optical  Co.'s  Printing  Frames,  which  are 
conceded  to  be  the  most  accurate  and  the  finest  finished  of  any 
in  the  market.  The  combined  Vignetter  and  Printing  Frame  is 
put  in  a  neat  paper  box. 

PRICES  ARE  AS  FOLLOWS  :  Each. 
3^  X  4^  size  Vignetter  and  Amer.  Optical  Co.'s  Print.  Frame,  $1  05 


4ix5|  " 

a 

ii 

1  17 

n 

u 

1  20 

5x7"          "  " 

a 

ii 

1  30 

5   x8  " 

u 

i( 

1  30 

6ix8i  " 

ii. 

u 

1  40 

8   x  10  " 

k( 

ii 

1  GO 

Red  Sable  Brushes. 

In  Tin  Ferrules. 

Cedar  Handles. 

For  Fine  Painting  in  Oil  Colors,  or 

for  Coloring  Ferrotypes. 

No.  Each. 

No. 

Per  Doz. 

1  $0  10 

1 

$1  08 

2   11 

2 

,  1  25 

3   12 

3 

1  42 

4   13 

4 

1  58 

5   16 

5 

1  83 

6   18 

6 

2  15 

7   21 

7 

2  50 

8..   25 

8 

3  00 

9   30 

9 

3  50 

10   35 

10 

4  00 

11   40 

11 

4  67 

12   50 

12 

....  5  33 

Flat  Camel's  Hair  Brushes. 

For  dusting  plates  or  varnishing.j 


Width. 

Each. 

Per  Doz. 

Width. 

Each. 

Per  Doz. 

^  inch  wide . . 

. .$0  10 

$1  00 

2J 

$0  35 

$4  00 

f  " 

13 

1  20 

3 

<( 

40 

4  75 

1 

..  15 

1  50 

H 

50 

5  75 

li  " 

. .  17 

1  70 

4 

a 

60 

6  75 

..  19 

2  00 

4i 

70 

8  00 

If 

. .  25 

2  50 

5 

u 

85 

10  00 

..  30 

3  00 

113 

Flat  Bristle  Brushes. 

For  mounting  or  varnishing. 

Width.  Each.      Per  Doz.     Width.  Each.  PerDoz. 

1  inch  wide  $0  13    $1  50    3   inch  wide  $0  60    $7  00 

li    20     2  50    3i        "    75      9  00 

2  "    30     3  25    4    1  00    12  00 

2i    45      5  00 


Betouching  Glasses. 

GERMAN     SILVER  BAND. 


EBONY  HANDLE.  Each. 

2  inch  Lens  $0  85 

2i  "       "    1  25 

3  "    1  75 

3^  "    2  25 

4  "    3  25 

"    3  75 


Eetouching  Pencils. 

Finest  Siberian. 


Faber's,  1  to  4  B's,  soft,  each  $0  15 

HB  &  F,  Middling,  each   15 

"        1  to  4  H's,  Hard,  each   15 

The  above,  Hexagon,  per  doz   1  50 

Holders  for  Leads,  each   25 

Croweirs  Metallic  Leads,  each   25 


GIHON'S  OPAQUE 

Is  designed  for  completely  obscuring  the  imperfect  backgrounds 
of  copies,  retouching  faulty  skies  in  landscape  negatives,  coating 
the  inside  of  lenses  or  cameras,  backing  solar  negatives,  cov- 
ering vignetting  boards  etc.,  etc.  Wherever  you  want  to  keep  out 
light,  use  Opaque.  It  is  applied  with  a  brush,  dries  quickly  and 
sticks.    Price,  per  box  $0  50 


Aniline  Blue. 

Clemons'  Formula. — Dissolve  half  an  ounce  of  Water  Blue 
Letter  "R"  in  16  ounces  of  water,  keeping  it  properly  labeled  as 
your  stock  solution.  When  you  make  your  Hyposulphite  of  Soda, 
or  Fixing  Bath,  add  8  or  10  drops  of  the  blue  stock  solution  to 

114 


each  40  ounces  of  Fixing  Bath.  If  you  desire  a  blue  tint,  take  the 
prints  from  the  hypo,  bath  and  immerse  in  a  saturated  solution 
of  alum,  leaving  in  a  short  time,  then  washing  in  clean  water  as 
usual.  If  color  is  too  deep  a  blue  after  leaving  the  alum  bath,  im- 
merse in  a  saturated  solution  of  borax,  which  will  lessen  the  tint. 
Water  Blue  "R,"  per  box,  with  formula  $0  35 


Egyptian  Chemical  Colors,  Triple  Strength. 

Manufactured  expressly  for  painting  Photographic  Views,  etc. 
Also  used  in  connection  with  the  Egyptian  Transparent  Compound 
for  producing  the  Egyptian  Crystal  Photograph.  The  most  life- 
like picture  in  the  world. 

Special  Notice, — All  photographs  colored  on  the  face  of  the 
picture,  and  mounted  on  convex  or  flat  glass,  are  done  with  these 
colors,  under  whatever  name  the  picture  may  be  called. 

These  Colors  are  put  up  in  polished  wooden  boxes,  labeled 
Egyptian  Chemical  Colors."  Each  box  contains  the  following 
colors:  Transparent  Black,  Dark  Emerald  Green,  Orange  or  Gold 
Color,  Blue,  Dark  Brown,  Light  Green,  Rose,  Violet  and  Flesh. 

For  coloring  Photographs,  Engravings,  Views,  Maps,  etc.,  these 
Colors  cannot  be  excelled.  In  connection  with  Chinese  White,  the 
lace  work,  etc.,  can  be  brought  out.  These  colors  are  used  by  all 
parties  coloring  photographs,  under  whatever  name  they  call  their 
picture  or  art,  and  are  the  only  colors  used  for  the  above  purpose 
that  give  entire  satisfaction.  Besides  the  above  named  colors,  we 
have  Terra  Cotta,  Cardinal  Red,  Salmon,  Crimson,  Vermilion, 
Lemon  Yellow,  Magenta,  Stone,  Royal  Purple,  etc.,  which  we  can 
sell  by  the  single  bottle.  Beware  of  Imitations  in  paper  boxes. 
These  colors  are  all  put  up  in  wood  boxes  and  every  box  is  labeled 
Egyptian  Chemical  Colors.'* 

Architects  will  find  these  colors  invaluable,  as  they  can  be  used 
with  pencil  or  brush. 

These  colors  are  indelible,  and  will  not  rub  off  or  wash  out. 

N.B. — Full  and  complete  instructions  for  the  use  of  these  colors 
and  for  making  the  Egyptian  Crystal  Photograph,  accom- 
pany each  set. 

Price,  $2.50  per  Box. 
Egyptian  Transparency  Compound^  per  bottle,  75  cts. 


Liquid  Water  Colors. 

For  Photographs. 


Dresden,  per  box,  6  bottles  

Japanese  Concentrated  per  bot. . . 

115 


$1  00 
10 


Moist  Cake  Water  Colors. 


Containing  the  twelve  most  desirable  colors,  viz. :  Vermil- 
ion, Chrome,  Ultra,  Light  Red,  Sepia,  Cr.  Lake,  Bt.  Sienna,  Em. 
Green,  Vandyke,  Indigo,  Gamboge,  Cobalt.  Very  good  for  Pho- 
tographs.   Price,  per  box  $0  60 


Dry  Colors. 

Anderson's  Paper  Boxes,  fitted  with  14  round  boxes  Colors, 

Gold  Saucer,  4  Brushes,  for  Ferrotypes,  per  box  $1  75 

Wood  Boxes,  fitted  with  8  bottles  Colors,  3  Sable  Brushes,  1 

Duster  and  1  Gold  Saucer,  for  Ferrotypes,  per  box. ...  1  75 

Separate  Colors,  each   10 

Gold  Saucers,  medium,  each   15 

per  doz   1  00 

"  large,      each   25 

per  doz   1  75 

Silver  Saucers,  medium    15 

Silver  Ink  (French's),  for  spotting  out  Ferrotypes,  per  cake,  35 
India  Ink,  Lion's  head,  per  stick   25 


S.  p.  C.  Materials  for  Chromo-Photography. 

Price  $1.75. 

Superior  to  all  others.    Put  up  in  handsome  wooden  boxes. 

The  label  on  the  boxes  must  bear  the  S.  P.  C.  trade  mark  and 
S.  P.  C.  on  the  tubes. 

Each  set  contains  Ten  Tubes  of  F.  W.  Devoe  &  Co.'s  Superfine 
Oil  Colors,  warranted  fully  equal  to  any  in  the  market  ;  three 
Artists'  Brushes  ;  one  Ivory  Tool  for  mounting  ;  one  package 
Gum  Tragacanth  ;  one  S.  P.  C.  Transparent  Compound  ;  one 
package  Gum  Paper  ;  one  Tin  Tray  ;  one  handsome  White  Wire 
Easel,  cabinet  size. 

Printed  directions  in  full  for  use,  and  instructions  for  coloring 
accompany  each  set. 

116 


LOCKWOOD'S  PHOTO.  CLIPS. 

Just  the  thing  for  hanging  up  paper  or  plates  to  dry,  etc.  Can 
be  used  instead  of  printing  frames  in  some  cases.  These  clips  are 
made  especially  for  photographic  use.  One  dozen  LOCKWOOD'S 
CLIPS  will  outwear  a  gross  of  Clothes  Pins. 


(actual  size.) 


They  are  hand  made.  The  wood  is  yellow  birch  (the  most  dur- 
able known),  the  metal  work  is  heavy  and  very  strong  brass.  The 
spring  is  formed  with  a  hook  for  hanging  over  a  cord  or  wire. 


Price,  per  dozen,  plain  $0  75 

with  Hooks..   85 

Mason's  Clothes  Pins  (not  warranted)   per  dozen   15 

full  gross   1  50 


THE  AMERICAN  SONGSTER. 


A  decided  novelty.  One  of  the  best  Baby  Charmers  ever 
offered  to  the  trade.    Made  of  metal,  nickel-plated. 

The  songsters  are  painted  in  a  variety  of  bright  colors  in  almost 
perfect  imitation  of  life.  They  sing  as  clear  and  liquid  as  the  best 
living  song  birds.  Are  substantially  and  handsomely  made  and 
finished,  and  not  liable  to  get  out  of  order. 

While  the  bird  sings  it  moves  its  mouth  (or  bill)  and  tail  in  exact 
imitation  of  a  living  bird.  In  addition  to  its  being  a  photogra- 
phic novelty,  it  is  highly  useful  in  teaching  birds  to  sing.  It 
supersedes  the  bird  organ,  and  when  used  near  a  bird,  it  will  in- 
duce it  to  start  up  its  best  notes  immediately. 

Each  songster  packed  in  a  neat  box,  with  directions. 
Price  $1  00 

117 


SUNDRY  APPARATUS. 


Britannia  Alcohol  Lamps,  small  flame  $0  60 

medium    70 

large    1  25 

Tin  "       medium    60 

Shears,  9  inch,  common   25 

9  medium   50 

9  good   1  00 

best  $1  50  to  2  50 

Troxeirs  Silver  Erasive  Soap,  per  cake   0  15 

Ormsbee's  Photo.  Washer   8  50 

French  Pipettes,  each   10 

Porcelain  Headed  Nails,  No.  9,  per  gross   2  80 

Syphon  Pumps,  i- x  35,  ^  x40,  1^x40,  each  10  00 

Suspending  Rings,  per  thousand   2  50 


SCALES  AND  WEIGHTS. 

5  inch  beam  in  wood  or  tin  boxes  $0  65 

6  "       "  "        "    85 

401  on  stand   6  00 


Drapery  Curtains. 

Handsome  Draperies  for  posing,  etc.  Imitation  of  raw  silk. 
Size,  5x7  feet. 

No.  101.  Plain  design,  with  border  and  fringe,  each  $4  00 

"   112.  Figured  "  "         blue  tinted..  5  00 

"   105.       "       "       "         "  "         orange  "    ..  5  00 


Grlue. 

Hercules  Glue  is  the  greatest  sticker  of  the  age.  Always 
ready  for  use.    Put  up  in  jars.    A  good  brush  with  each  jar. 

Price  

Per  dozen  

Rubber  Bands. 

No.  9.  1-^  inches  long  

14.  2       "  "   


..  2  40 

Per  Box  of 
12  Gross. 

..$1  90 
. .  3  00 


WORSTED  PICTURE  CORD. 


No.                               In  36  Yard  Bolts.  Price. 

0.  Crimson,  scarlet  or  green  $  30 

1.  "            "         "   35 

3.       "           "        "    45 

3.  "           "        "    60 

4.  "            "         "    76 

6.       "            "         "    90 

6.  "            "         "    1  15 

7.  '           "        "    1  35 

8.  "           "        "    1  50 

118 


SILVER  WIRE  CORD. 


25- Yard  Coils. 


No. 

Price. 

No. 

Price. 

 $0  06 

1.  "   

  12 

4.  "   

  33 

2.  "   

19 

5.  "   

  43 

HOLDERS  FOR  WIRE  CORD. 

No.  0.. 30c.     1..25c.      2. .30c.     3. .35c.     4. .40c.     5. .45c. 


Albumen  Paper. 

If  color  is  not  specified,  we  will  always  send  white. 

Three  Crown,  extra  brilliant                                            $0  90 

N.  P.  A.  Dresden,  Single,  Pink,  Penseeor  White,  per  dozen  90 
"      White,  Pearl,  Pensee  or  Pink,  Extra  Brill- 
iant, per  dozen                                    1  00 

Irving  Special,  Pearl,  Pensee,  or  Pink,  per  dozen   90 

N.  P.  A.  Dresden,  Single,  per  ream                                   28  00 

Dresden,  Extra  Brilliant,  per  ream                        35  00 

Dresden  Violet  Paper,  enameled,  per  ream                          46  00 

26  X  40  Saxe  Extra  Brilliant  Paper,  per  dozen                      7  00 

Other  Papers. 

Bromo  Argentic  Gelatino  Paper,  per  roll,  $18.00.  Per  sheet  $0  41 

Leatherized  Paper                                           per  dozen,  90 

Saxe's  Plain,  per  dozen   60 

Endless  Roll,  54  inches  wide,  per  yard   30 

54     "              Extra  Heavy,  per  yard   45 

Gum  Paper,  per  dozen   20 

Litmus  Paper,  Blue  or  Red,  per  sheet   05 

in  books,  per  dozen   50 

Post  Paper,  per  dozen   50 

Onion  Paper, 

For  Vignetting,  etc.,  per  dozen  $0  25 


WHITE  BLOTTING  PAPER. 

Extra  Heavy. 

19  x  24,  per  dozen  ^1  00 

119 


TISSUE  AND  STICKING  PAPERS. 


Joseph  Paper,  for  cleaning  the  Plate  Holder  and  absorb- 
ing the  waste  Silver,  thereby  protecting  the  holder,  per 

quire  $0  15 

Tissue  Paper,  best  English,  for  Vignetting,  per  dozen   25 

"      (Yellow),  for  Dark  Rooms,  per  dozen   10 

Sticking  "      best  Dextrine,  per  dozen   25 

per  gross   1  75 

Sheplie's  Sticking  Paper,  per  roll  of  300  yards,  i  in.  wide. .  60 

Cepa  Skin. 

For  Vignetting.    Very  Fine. 
Per  dozen  $0  25 


ScovilPs  Ready  Sensitized  Albumen  Paper. 

This  Paper  was  expressly  manufactured  for  and  introduced  by 
us  to  give  to  those  who  have  not  the  skill,  time,  inclination  or 
appliances  to  sensitize  photographic  paper  preparatory  to  printing, 
an  article  of  the  finest  quality  and  of  uniform  sensitiveness. 


PRICE  LIST. 

Size.  Per  Dozen. 

4x5  inches,  in  light-tight 'rolls,  2  dozen  $0  20 

5x8  "  ''2     "    37i 

6ix   8i    "  "  ''2    50 

8x10  "  ''2    75 

18    X  22      "  "  "     1     "    3  00 

To  save  loss,  rolls  are  not  broken. 
Tin  Cases  to  hold  one  dozen,  18  x  22  Sensitized  Paper,  30c.  each. 

three  50c.  " 


Bromo-Argentic  Crelatino-Paper. 

Per  sheet,  14x18  inches  $0  41 

In  light-tight  tin  case  by  the  roll  of  11  yards  18  00> 


S.      C.  Perro-Prussiate  Paper^  for  Making  Blue  and 
White  Pictures. 

The  prestige  of  Photographic  Papers  manufactured  in  Europe 
is  so  thoroughly  conceded,  that  the  supply  is  drawn  from  that 
source. 

Recognizing  this  well  known  fact,  we  have  our  Ferro-Prussiate 
Paper  made  expressly  for  us  there.  Our  brand  S.  P.  C.  is  a  sure 
index  of  superiority  in  texture,  the  paper  is  better  wrapped  than 
any  other,  and  is  noticeably  free  from  spots,  streaks  or  flaws. 

This  paper  is  extremely  simple  in  its  manipulation,  and  there- 
fore very  convenient  for  making  proofs  from  negatives.  It  is  also 
adapted  for  the  reproduction  of  Mottoes^  Flans^  Drawings^ 
Manuscript^  Circulars^  and  to  show  representations  of  Scenery,, 

120 


Boats,  Machinery,  etc.,  for  an  engraver  to  copy  from.  The 
rapidity  with  which  a  print  can  be  made  with  this  paper  is  for 
numerous  purposes,  and  to  men  in  some  occupations,  a  very  great 
recommendation  in  its  favor. 

PRICE  LIST. 

Size.  Per  Dozen. 

4x5  inches,  in  3  dozen  light-tight  parcels  $0  15 

6   X   S     "  3 
3 

xlO     "  3 

To  save  loss,  parcels  are  not  broken, 
each,  39  inches  wide,  $5.00  per  roll. 


6ix  8* 


30 

  40 

  50 

In  full  rolls  of  11  yards 


Filter  Paper. 

Best  Round  Gray. 


No.  Price. 

19.  Per  pack  of  100  sheets,  $0  30 
25.  "  "  "  35 
33.       "       "        "  55 


No.  Price. 

40.  Per  pack  of  100  sheets,  10  65 
45.  "  "  "  75 
50.       "       "        "  90 


Best  Square  white,  large,  per  q  n're. 


1.  For  Negatives 
2. 
d. 
4. 
5. 
6. 
7. 


Negative  Preservers. 


3ix 
4ix 
4ix 
5  X 
6Jx 


4i, 


per 


100, 


10 
11 
14 


81, 
xlO, 
xl2, 
xl4, 
xl7. 


30 


35 
40 
50 
60 
70 
85 
60 
00 
00 


They  consist  of  an  Envelope  made  of  strong,  thick  paper,  one 
end  open,  and  cut  to  admit  of  removing  the  negative,  and  having 
on  one  side  three  printed  lines  for  the  number,  name  and  remarks. 


DOUBLE  PEBBLE  MATS. 

Assorted  Colors.    Openings  Oval,  Square  and  Arch. 


6* 

8 
10 
11 
14 


X  «i 

xlO 

xl2 

xl4 

xl7 


Per  100. 
.U  75., 


75. 
75., 
00.. 
50., 


Per  Doz. 

lO  24 
24 
36 
75 

1  15 


Per  100. 


16 
18 

20 
22 


x20 
x22 
X  24 
x28 


.  9 
.12 
.12 
.16 


CO., 
00. , 
50. 

25.. 


Per  Doz. 

2  00 


50 
00 
60 


Large  sizes  made  only  to  order. 


GRAY  ENGLISH  MATS. 

Gray  English  Board  with  Gilt  Bevel  Opening. 


Per  100. 

8x  10  $6  00. 

lOx  13   7  50. 

llx  14..  . .  7  45. 
14x  17  13  10. 


Per  Doz. 

.$0  50 
.  75 
.  1  00 
.  1  65 


Per  100. 

16x  20  14  25. 

18x  22  19  00. 

20x  24  21  25. 

22  x  28  23  75. 


Per  Doz. 

, .  1  85 

.  2  35 

,.  2  65 

,.  2  95 


121 


PARLOR  PASTE. 


Price. 

1  quart  Bottle  $0  65 

1  gallon   2  00 

i     "    1  00 


Price. 

i  pint  Jar  $0  25 

1    45 

1  quart  "    65 

1  pint  Bottle   35 

This  Paste  is  the  only  really  good  paste  sold  ready  prepared 
for  mounting  photographs.  It  will  not  sour,  mold  or  separate ; 
and  is  always  ready  for  use. 

When  emptied,  you  can  use  these  jars  for  putting  up  fruit,  as 
good  as  any. 


GELATINE. 

The  agency  for  the  sale  of  the  Gelatine  products  of  Ch.  W. 
Heinrich  and  Nelson,  Dale  &  Co.,  has  been  placed  in  our 

122 


hands,  and  we  beg  to  direct  your  attention  to  the  following  quo- 
tations : 

Per  lb.,  Net. 

Heinrich's  Celebrated  Gelatine  ^1  38 

F.  Drescher  &  Co.'s  Celebrated  Gelatine   1  38 

Nelson's  No.  1  Photo.  Gelatine,  shred,    in  ^  lb.  parcels .  .  1  38 
2                                        in  i                 . .  1  00 
"    3                  "         sheets,   in  1       "         . .  G5 
"         X  Amber             "         loose,     in  cases,  112  lbs .  1  20 
^'         Special  X  Patent  Opaque,  loose   2  50 


YIEW  ALBUMS. 

How  often  the  Amateur  Photographer  is  heard  to  remark  that 
*^as  fast  as  he  makes  prints  from  a  negative,  his  friends  get  away 
with  them,"  and  none  are  left  to  be  treasured  as  evidences  of  his 
advancement  in  the  art.  In  order  to  keep  at  least  one  picture 
from  each  negative,  and  to  arrange  the  collection  in  the  best  man- 
ner for  display  and  preservation,  tasteful  albums  have  been  intro- 
duced by  the  Scovill  Manufacturing  Company. 

Each  Album  has  48  pages,  24  leaves.  In  them  the  finest  card- 
board only  is  used,  chemically  free  from  anything  that  could  in- 
jure a  print.  Muslin  cloth  covers  with  leather  back  and  corners 
finish  the  Albums  sufficiently  to  make  them  an  ornament  in  a 
library  or  on  a  centre  table. 

PRICES  ARE  AS   FOLLOWS:  With 

Plain,  Gilt  lines,  Size  of 
each.        each.  Card. 

View  Albums,  for  4  x   5  pictures,              $110  $1  50  6  x  7 

^^5x8      "       to  4x5,   1  30  1  70  7  x10 

6^x  8i    "                       1  95  2  36  10x12 

8   X 10                              2  40  2  80  11  X  14 


ScovilPs  Recherche  Yiew  Albums^ 

WITH  ADHESIVE  SURFACE, 
Prepared  for  Mounting  Prints. 

6x7         7x10         10x12  11x14 
With  gilt  lines,  each ..  $1.40  1.85  2.85  3.20 

123 


GEORGE  KNELL'S 

^  PHOTOGRAPHIC  CHAIBS. 


PHARAOH  CHAIR. 

The  back  of  this  chair  can  be  raised  and  low- 
ered; the  arms  can  be  removed  at  will.  This  chair 
is  very  durably  made,  richly  carved,  spring  seat, 
spun  silk  covering-,  suitable  colors. 

PRICE,  $28.00. 

PHARAOH  CHAIR  No.  2  is  less  ex- 
pensive in  the  woodwork ;  spring-  seat,  Figured 
Ramie  covering.   PRICE,  $18.00. 


ROMAN  CHAIR. 

Has  a  prominent  carved  front,  and  back  arms 
can  be  raised  and  lowered,  or  fixed  with  one  arm, 
so  as  to  form  a  corner  chair,  handy  to  have  for 
children ;  spring  seat,  spun  silk  covering,  select 
colors.    PRICE,  $28.00. 

ROMAN  CHAIR  No.  2  is  made  plainer 
in  the  woodwork  ;  substantially  upholstered.  Ra- 
mie covering,  good  colors.    PRICE,  $1 8.00. 

ilHIll 


TURKISH  CHAir?. 

The  design  and  art  of  upholstering  is  to  slope 
the  back  and  the  seat  down  to  give  room  for  the 
garments.  The  back  is  so  curved  to  assist  the 
artist  to  get  good  positions  for  children.  Figured 
goods  for  covering ;  colors  especially  selected  to 
take  easy.    PRICE,  $16.00. 

GRECIAN  CHAIR 

A  very  attractive  modern  design,  elegantly  up- 
holstered ;   has  removable   arms,   spring  seat, 
plain  or  tufted  back,  spun  silk  covering 
PRICE,  $18.00. 


QUEEN  ANNE  CHILD'S  LOUNGE. 

A  novelty  itself,  the  open  space  between  the 
seat  and  back  is  for  the  garments,  the  hole  made 
in  the  back  indicates  to  its  usefulness,  and  the 
back  is  so  curved  to  hold  a  child  comfortable  ;  the 
seat  stands  twenty  inches  high  ;  covering  selected 
to  take  easy.    PRICE,  $13.00. 

SLIDING  ARM  CHAIR. 

The  pioneer  of  Photographic  Chairs.  Green 
Terry  covering,  six  inch  fringe. 

PRICK,  $8.00. 


124 


Scovill's  ImproTed  Posing  Chair. 


This  is  the  most  substantially  made  of  any  Posing  Chair  in  the 
market,  and  is  universal  in  its  adaptation  to  the  requirements  of 
the  modern  skylight.  The  frame  of  the  chair  is  made  of  iron,  and 
the  upholstering  is  done  in  the  best  drab  velveteen.  The  back, 
which  raises  and  lowers — running  on  iron  uprights — sets  itself  at 
any  desired  height.  The  chair  is  so  constructed  that  one  or  two 
arms  may  be  used  at  pleasure.     A  short  back  is  supplied,  if 


desired,  for  posing  children. 

Price  of  Chair  with  Long  Back.  $40  00 

Short  Back  for  this  Chair   15  00 

Arms,  each   2  50 


Artificial  lyy. 

Natural  Green.    Per  yard   .$0  25 


East  India  Grass  Mats. 

3  feet  X  6  feet.     Each  $1  00 


Fichus. 

Lace  Scarfs  for  the  operating  room,  each  10  25 

125 


STATUE  PICTURES  MADE  EASY. 


The  above  photo-engraving  represents  the  statue  picture  printed 
on  Osborne's  Statue  Pedestal. 

The  negative  furnished  for  statue  pictures  is  a  paper  negative 
of  a  pedestal,  which  can  be  adjusted  to  the  negative  of  the  subject 
that  you  wish  to  represent  as  a  statue. 

To  produce  the  statue  pictures  the  subject  should  be  draped  in 
white,  have  the  hair  powdered,  and  be  taken  on  a  black  or  very 
dark  background. 

After  the  negative  is  taken  and  varnished,  the  film  is  scraped 
off  around  the  figure,  cutting  off  the  body  as  shown  above,  after 
which  the  pedestal  negative  is  adjusted,  fastened,  and  then  printed. 

This  negative  is  reversible,  and  can  also  be  used  for  different 
subjects.  Full  directions  and  samples  sent  with  each  negative  by 
mail. 


Price,  for  Cabinet  or  Boudoir  size. 

123 


$1  00 


Osborne's  Patent  Picturesque  Foregrounds, 


Printing. 


A  print  is  first  made  of  the  Foreground  negative,  and  then  the 
opening  of  the  window  or  door  is  cut  out.  Now  it  is  only  neces- 
sary to  make  the  negative  of  the  subject  to  fit  in  the  opening  cut 
out,  and  print  in  the  usual  manner  of  double  printing. 


PRICES  ARE  AS  FOLLOWS: 

Each. 

5x8,  for  Cabinet  $2  00 

6i  X   8^,     Boudoir   2  50 

8    X  10,       Long  Panel,  etc   3  00 

11    X  14   5  00 

14   X  17   6  00 

There  are  19  designs.  Photographs  of  them  will  be  sent  on 
application. 


BRIGHT  IRON  SCREW-EYES. 

No.  Per  Gross.  ' 

115  $0  33 

114   35 

113   38 

112   40 

111   43 

110   45 

109  48 

108.   55 

107   63 

106   65 

105   88 

104   1  13 


BACKGROUNDS  AND  ACCESSORIES. 

Plain     Painted  Backgrounds,  sciuare  foot  ,  $0  08 

Interior  '   20  to  25 

Landscape''   15  to  45 

Sea  View  "  "   18  to  35 

Side  Slip  "    25 

PI  ain  Woolen,  8  feet  wide  and  any  length,  square  foot    18 

Rembrandt  Painted  Backgrounds,  with  frame   6  00 


Per  Set. 

Bracket  Castors  for  Background  Frames,  with  2J  in  wheel,  $0  75 


128 


DEVELOPERS  AND  CHEMICALS  IN  SOLUTION 

TRANSPORTED  SAFELY  IN 

^QRRnGATED.  Protecting 


Supplied  with  Out  Glass  Bottles,  and  Graduated 
TumlDler  to  Measure  Liquids. 


Corrugated  Protecting  Cases  are  a  great  con- 
venience to  the  landscape  Photographer  and  amateur 
picture-taker  when  away  from  home.  Though  made 
of  thin  metal,  the  corrugation  makes  them  so  strong  as 
to  resist  crushing.  Being  nickled  and  finely  finished, 
the  external  appearance  of  these  Cases  is 

DKCIDEDLY  TASTEFUL. 

indeed,  one  would  be  more  inclined  to  place  them 
in  a  satchel  than  in  a  packing  case.  Whether  carried 
about  in  a  horizontal  or  vertical  position,  the  locking 
ring  affords  perfect  protection  for  the  liquids  contained 
in  the  bottle. 


pr.  ICE  LIST. 


Each. 


Tff^     1       Diameter,  If  in.      Length,  3i  in.     Weight,  U  oz.    Furnished  with 

1  ounce  bottle   ^ 


Wn  ^  A  Diameter,  2  in.    Length,  5h  in.   Weight,  7f  oz.   Furnished  with 

IIU,  a  A  ^       bottle,  with  tumbler,  making  i  pint  flask  85 

I   — 

Wn  A  A  Diameter,  2Un.    Length,  7  in.    Weight,  14  oz.    Furnished  with 

XI U,  ^  IX  o       bottle,  with  tumbler,  making  h  pint  flask  1.10 


Wn    1  ^  A     Diameter,  2|  in.     Length,  6  in.     Weight,  17  oz.  Furnished 

11 U,  LO  JX  ^.^^  g      bottle,  with  tumbler,  making  h  pint  flask   1.20 


129 


PEERLESS  TARNISH  POT  AND  FILTERER. 


This  useful  article  is  just  out — bound  to  be  a  success.  Many 
are  already  sold.  It  is  a  tin  pot,  as  shown  in  cut,  with  a  filter 
and  funnel  in  the  top ;  rubber  stopper  in  spout. 


Patent  Applied  For. 


Since  the  above  cut  was  made  the  pot  has  been  greatly  im- 
proved,  the  whole  top  is  slightly  sunk,  which  makes  the  funnel 
complete.  The  spout  is  now  cut  level  on  top,  allowing  the  whole 
(spout  and  top)  to  be  covered  with  a  single  piece  of  glass,  instead 
of  the  rubber  stopper. 

Put  your  varnish  in  clean,  flow  your  plates,  and  drain  surplus 
varnish  back  through  the  funnel  in  the  top,  and  you  will  never  be 
troubled  with  specks  or  dirt  in  your  varnish.    Pot  holds  16  ounces. 

Price,  each  50  cents 

130 


Scovill's  Efficient  Plate  Lifter. 


Described  ut  the  '''British  Journal  Almanac  for  1883." 

This  Plate  Lifter  is  very  nearly  like  an  ordinary  open  end 
Thimble  with  a  Pointed  Piece  of  Metal  soldered  securely  to  it,  as 
shown  in  the  illustration. 

Where  a  number  of  plates  are  developed  in  one  dish,  this  Plate 
Lifter  is  not  only  a  convenience,  but  quite  a  necessity. 

Being  the  largest  makers  of  thimbles  in  the  country,  we  are 
enabled  to  offer  these  Plate  Lifters  for  the  nominal  price  of 
fifteen  cents  each. 

Transparencies. 

Transparencies  are  an  elegant  adornment  for  the  home.  Hither- 
to they  have  been  sold  at  very  high  prices,  as  it  was  not  known 
how  readily  such  pictures  can  be  made  by  any  one.  Consult  chap- 
ter xii.,  page  53,  second  edition  of  How  to  Make  Pictures,"  and 
see  if  such  is  not  the  fact. 

Transparency  Frames  are  made  plain  or  with  ornamental  bor- 
der ;  with  rings  on  the  side  to  make  them  hang  horizontally,  or 
with  rings  on  the  end  to  allow  them  to  hang  vertically.  In  order- 
ing, please  specify  which  pattern  is  desired. 

DRAWING-ROOM  TRANSPARENCY  FRAMES. 

SIZE.  EACH.  SIZE.  EACH. 

4  X   5  inch  28  cents.       6^  x   Scinch  38  cents. 

4i  X    6i   32    "  8    X  10    -   48  " 

5  X   8   34  10    X  12   75  " 

11    X  14    "   90 


Ferrotype  Plates. 

Black  or  Chocolate  Tinted.    Prices  Subject  to  Fluctuation. 
Sizes.  Egg  Shell.  Glossy. 

1-9,2   x2^,  per  box  of  8  doz.,  Phenix  ^0  bO  $0  90 

1-6,  2f  x3i,  S    1  25   1  35 

1-4,  Six  4i,  "     ^    "  -    1  85   2  00 

1-2,  4ix5i  4   ^'  2  20   2  35 

4.4,  6^x8i,  2    2  40   2  70 

10   X  14,  per  doz.,  Phenix   1  70  1  90 

10  X  14,  per  100,        "   14  00  15  00 

4ix   6^,  per  box  of  4  r\,z   2  20   2  35 

5  x7,  "    2  40   2  70 

Union,         per  doz   1  00  

Centennial,       "    70  

Champion        "    1  25   1  40 

per  ICO  10  00  11  00 

131 


FERROTYPE  OUTFIT  No.  1. 

For  those  who  wish  to  start  on  a  small  scale,  the  following  outfit 
will  suffice  for  a  beginning  : 


1  ^  Gem  Camera  &  Hold- 
ers, with  4  1-9  Darlot 
Gem  Lenses  to  make  4 
1-9  Gems  on  i  plate.  .$18  75 

1  Short  Head  Rest   2  80 

3  00 

1  i  Rubber 


1  i  Excel.  Camera  Stand 
Bath  and 

Dipper  

14x5  Rubber  Dish.. 

2  No.  0  Rubber  Funnels 
1  3  oz.  Collodion  Vial 
1  3  oz.  Graduated  Glass, 

1  Alcohol  Lamp  

1  Box  Ferrotype  Colors. 

Brushes,  etc  

1  Jar  Parlor  Paste  and 
Brush  . . . . o  


1  25 
60 
80 
18 
30 
60 

1  60 

40 


1  Quill  Duster   $0  10 

1  Instruction  Book,  Fer- 

rotyping   75 

1  Box  i  Ferro.  Plates. . .  1  20 
500  No.  4  Ferrotype  En- 
velopes  1  63 

1  pt.  Silver  Bath  Solution  1  90 
1  Bottle  Ferrotype  Collo- 
dion  65 

1  lb.  Acetic  Acid   20 

1  lb.  Cyanide  Potassium,  25 
li  lb.  Sulph.  Iron  in  bot- 
tles  20 

1  Bottle  Varnish   25 

1  pint  95^  Alcohol   50 


Total  $37  95 


Those  who  wish  to  make  single  pictures,  1-9,  1-6  and  1-4  sizes, 
can  do  so  with  this  outfit,  by  adding  a  i  Darlot  Portrait  Lens,  with 
central  stops,  which  will  cost  extra,  $8.75. 

The  same  outfit  as  above,  but  instead  of  ^  Camera,  Stand,  Bath 

and  Dish,  we  will  send  -J-  sizes  $38  70 

With  i  Darlot  Lens  $46  70  |  With  i  Darlot  Lens          52  50 

FERROTYPE  OUTFIT  No,  2. 

The  following  outfit  will  be  found  the  best  for  traveling  busi- 
ness on  a  small  scale : 


1  i  Combination  Camera 
makes  1-9, 1>6, 1-4  and 
1-2  single  Ferrotypes, 
and  2  Bon  Tons  ona,  i 
plate,  and  2  card  size 
on  a -2"  plate  withl  -^size 
Lens.  Price  of  Camera 
and  Darlot  Lens.  . . , 

1  ^  Excel.  Camera  Stand,  3 

1  Tall  Head  Rest   3 

1  i  Glass  Bath  in  Box, 
and  Dipper   3 

15x7  Rubber  Dish .... 

1  Alcohol  Lamp  

1  3  oz.  Collodion  Vial. . 

1  3  oz.  Graduated  Glass, 

2  No.  1  Rubber  Funnels, 

1  pint  Silver  Solution.  . .  1 
li  lb.  Sulph.  Iron  in  bot. 
1  lb.  Acetic  Acid  


00 
00 
00 

30 
75 
60 
18 
30 
90 
00 
20 
20 


i  lb.  Cyanide  Potassium,  $0  25 
i  lb.  Ferro.  Collodion...  65 

1  Bottle  Varnish   25 

1  Box  Colors,  Brushes, 

and  Gold  Saucer   1  60 

1  pint  95^  Alcohol   50 

1  Box    each   i    and  -J 

Ferrotype  Plates   2  40 

100    No.   11  Ferrotype 

Envelopes  

50  No.  24  Card  Envel- 
opes   

i  pint  Jar  Parlor  Paste 

and  Brush  

1  1  inch  Camel's  Hair 

Duster  for  Plates .... 
1  Copy  Ferrotype  Guide 

Instruction  Book  


35 


30 


40 


15 


75 


Total  i51  93 


132 


FERROTYPE  OUTFIT  No.  3, 


For  those  who  wish  to  make  L 
be  found  a  good  outfit : 

1  8  X 10  Lakeside  Camera 


and  Holders,  car- 
riage movement,  fitted 
with  4  ^  Gem  Darlot 


00 

1  4-4    Darlot  Portrait 

Lens,  C.  S  

35 

50 

1  No.  2  Acme  Camera 

11 

50 

1  Tall  Head  Rest  

3 

00 

1  9x12  Glass  Bath  in 

Box  and  Dipper  

6 

00 

1  8x10  Rubber  Dish .  . . 

1 

35 

1  Alcohol  Lamp  

60 

1  8  oz.  Collodion  Vial. . 

30 

1  8  oz.  Graduated  Glass, 

2  No.  3  Rubber  Funnels, 

50 

1 

20 

1  Box  Ferrotype  Colors, 

1 

60 

3  pints  Silver  Bath  Solu- 

5 

70 

2  lbs.  Acetic  Acid  

35 

arger  pictures,  the  following  will 

li  lb.    Sulph.    Iron  in 

bot...  -   $0  20 

1  lb.  Cyanide  Potassium,  75 
1  lb.  Ferro.  Collodion. . .  1  25 
1  pint  Ferro.  Varnish...  90 

1  pint  95^  Alcohol   50 

1  Jar  Parlor  Paste  and 

Brush   40 

1-^   inch   Camel's  Hair 

Duster   25 

50     10  X  14  Ferrotype 

Plates   3  00 

500   No.    11  Ferrotype 

Envelopes   1  50 

100  No.    15  Ferrotype 

Envelopes  for  ^  size .  .  90 
24  No.  20  Cabinet  En- 
velopes  40 

1  Copy  Ferrotyper   1  00 


Total  $118  00 


Those  who  do  not  care  to  make  large  pictures  can  dispense 
with  the  4-4  Lens. 

Or,  a  ^  size  Darlot  Lens  can  be  substituted  for  $17.50,  making 
this  outfit  very  useful. 

Note. — To  these  outfits  may  be  added  other  articles  to  make 
them  more  complete  (but  can  be  dispensed  with  if  economy  is  an 
object),  such  as  Backgrounds  and  Accessories,  Posing  Chair, 
Tent,  etc. 


Filtering  Cotton. 

Prepared  expressly  for  Photo,  use.    Per  bundle   .$0  50 


Absorbent  Cotton. 

Absorbs  any  liquid  without  the  use  of  Alcohol  ;  the  best  filter- 
ing cotton  ever  made. 

1  lb.  package  $0  75 

4  oz.  paper  box   25 

2  "   17 

133 


(jUn    Cotton.  Peroz 

Vogel's  Negative  $0  50 

Hance's  Silver  Spray  Negative   55 

Delicate  Cream  Negative   80 


Collodiom,  Perbot 

Phenix  Plate  Ferrotype  $0  50 

Wells'  Negative,  Rich  and  Rapid   60 

Lewis  &  Holt's  Negative   60 

Positive   60 


Varnishes. 

S.  p.  C.  Negative  $0  35 

Keystone   50 

Phenix  Ferrotype  per  bot   50 

Mountfort's  Negative     40 

E.  A.  Diamond  Ferrotype  per  bot   40 

 1  pt   1  00 

Crystal   per  bot   30 

Retouching                                               "    60 

Black,  for  backing  ^  lb   60 

Climax  Negative  per  bot   30 

Ground  Glass  Substitute                                     "    55 


French  Iodides  and  Bromides. 

(Poulenc  &  Wittmann.) 

Bromide  Ammonium  1  oz.  bot. .  .$0  50 

Cadmium  1      "  ...  65 

Potassium  1      "  ...  30 

Iodide  Ammonium  ,1      "  ...  1  00 

"      Cadmium  1      "  ...  1  00 

"      Potassium  1     "  ...  50 


184 


Chemicals. 


Warranted  Pure  and  of  Full  Weight  and  Measure. 

Remember,  all  Chemicals  are  bought  and  sold  by  Avoirdupois 
weight,  which  is  437i  grains  to  the  ounce,  and  16  ounces  to  the 
pound,  while  at  the  same  time  they  are  mixed  by  Apothecaries' 
weight — 480  grains  to  the  ounce,  and  12  ounces  to  the  pound  ; 
hence,  if  you  do  not  get  but  437^  grains  of  any  Chemical  for  an 
ounce,  do  not  think  it  short  weight. 

Acid,  Acetic,  No.  8,  in  bots.,  1  lb.,  20c.;  2  lb.,  35c.;  5  lb. 

Glacial  1  oz.  bot. 

u  u  ^  ^  4 


 lib.  bot. 

Acid,  Nitric,  C.  P  1  oz.  bot. 

"  v//,'.',\'.',','.'.\[\'.\'.v/.y,[i]h. hot] 

Commercial,  in  bots.,  1  lb.,  35c.;  7  lb. . .  . 
Acid,  Muriatic,  C.  P.,  in  bots.,  4  oz  ,  25c.;  8  oz.,  35c.;  1 
Acid,  Oxalic  per  lb. .  . 

Hydrobromic  1  oz.  bot. 

Pyrogallic,  in  bots.,  ^  oz.,  30c.;  1  oz  

"     Sulphuric,  C.  P  loz.  bot. 

4 

"  lb.  bot! 

 loz.  can. 

Gallic  1  oz.  bot. 

Citric,  in  bots.,  1  oz.,  15c.  ;  1  lb  

"     Tannic  1  oz  bot. 

"     Formic  1     "  . 

Ammonium,  Iodide,  white  1 

Bromide  1     "  . 

Ammonia,  Nitrate,  crystal  i  lb.  bot. 

u  u  n  2^  u 

Liquid  Cone,  C  *S  . .........  ... .  .1 

a  n  u  ^  u 

*^        Chloride,  in  bots.,  1  oz.,  15c. ;  8  oz  

Alcohol,  95  per  cent.,  no  bottle  per  gall. . 

 i  gall,  bot 

 Iqt.bot. 

 Ipt  bot. 

wood,  for  burning  1  pt.  bot. 

 Iqt.bot. 

•  i  gall. . . . 

 per  gall,  bot 

Absolute  1  pt.  bot. 

 Iqt.bot. 

135 


Alcohol,  Atwood's  Pat.,  for  Collodion,  no  bot.,  per  gall  $3  75 

 i  gall.  bot..  1  90 

.Iqt.  bot....  1  00 
.Ipt.  bot   50 


Alum,  ground,  per  lb.,  5c. ;  powdered,  per  lb   25 

"      Chrome,  in  bots.,  1  oz.,  20c.  ;  1  lb   65 

Baryta,  Nitrate  1  lb.  bot ... .  20 

Blue  Frosting  (for  skylight)  per  can   1  00 

Cadmium,  Iodide  loz.  bot....  50 

Bromide  1     "     ....  30 

Calcium,  Chloride,  in  bots.,  1  oz  ,  15c.  ;  8  oz   70 

Chloroform,  in  bots.,  2  oz.,  30c. ;  1  lb   1  50 

Copper,  Sulphate,  purified  1  lb.  bot.  ...  50 

Dextrine  (for  Mounting  Photos)  per  lb   25 

Dermaline  (protects  the  hands)   per  bot   25 

Ether,  Sulph.,  Cone  1  lb.  bot   90 

 3i    "    ....  2  87 

Enameline  per  bot   75 

Entrekin's  Lubricator  for  Burnishing  per  cake...  .  25 

Glass  Cleaning  Powder                                        "    20 

"     Polish                                                             ....  25 

Gold,  Chloride  of,  and  Sodium  15  gr   35 

 30  gr   60 

pure  15  gr   65 

Gum  Arabic,  picked  per  lb   75 

"     Shellac,  per  lb.,  white,  80c.;  brown   50 

^'     Sandarac  per  lb   55 

"     Benzoin     95 

Mastic                                                    "    4  80' 

Glycerine,  in  bots.,  1  oz.,  20c.  ;  1  lb.   1  00 

Hydrokinone  peroz   1  50 

Iron,  Iodide  1           ....  50 

"      Protosulph.,  in  bulk,  per  lb.,  6c.;  1  lb.,  box   10 

Sulph.  and  Ammonia  per  lb  ,  15 

Iodine,  Tincture  1  oz.  bot...  15 

Crystal,  Resublimed  1      "      ...  50 

Kaolin  per  lb   10 

Lead,  Chloride  loz.  bot...  35 

Acetate  1      "      ...  20 

Lithium,  Iodide  1            ...  90 

Bromide  1             ...  50 

Lime,  Chloride  1  lb.  bot.  ...  25 

Magnesia,  Nitrate,  in  bots.,  1  oz.,  20c.  ;  1  lb   1  10 

Mercury,  Bichloride,  in  bots  ,  1  oz.,  15c. ;  4  oz   25 

Mardock's  Compound  Developer  per  lb   35 

Oil  of  Lavender  2  oz.  bot.  .  .  30 

 8       "    ...  1  00 

Paraffine   per  lb.  bot . .  40 

Potassium,  Iodide  1  oz.  bot...  40 


136 


.  1  oz.  bot. . 

.$0 

20 

^  ^                         XT  ^  .  ->  4-  *•     1             V  o  1  o  4-  /=k 

. per  lb ... . 

oo 

H                           C       1       I.  4. 

lit   i_  ^ 
.t  lb.  bot . . 

15 

Zd 

u  a 

.  i 

45 

1  a 

oU 

A  f\ 

40 

1 

75 

.per  lb. . . . 

o5 

.  1  oz.  bot . 

/CO 

.per  lb. . . . 

o5 

•  i  lb.  bot. . 

A  A 

40 

C—J*     „        T  ]'J 

.1  oz.  bot. 

A 

60 

.  1 

/cO 

•  i  lb.  bot. . 

/CO 

•i 

o5 

1 

d5 

. per  lb ... . 

1  o 

u 

lU 

.  1  oz.  bot . . 

OA 

/cO 

<<  <( 

oO 

.110.  DOX  .  . 

1  A 

lU 

.  per  lb ... . 

/» 
D 

u  u 

.110.  Dot.  . 

10 

•*  *  lu  *  u 

.  per  box. . . 

1  A 

in  kegs  of  about  100  lbs 

.per  lb. . . . 

5 

it           "KTli..  i.  _      "O  *H  J 

.1  lb.  bot.. 

O  K 

}C0 

1  it 

Q  A 

oO 

.  1  oz.  bot . . 

1  A 
10 

i(  a 

15 

u  a 

4 

OA 
ZO 

a  n 

1  IK  K/-»f 
.-^  ID.  DOl .  .  . 

OO 

n  a 

.  1 

d5 

.1  OZ.  bot. . 

OA 
^0 

.4 

A  A 
40 

o  r  *i  . 

, per  cake.. 

t  cr 

15 

.  1  oz.  bot . . 

15 

,1 

95 

a  it 

-1 

. .  i 

I7A 

70 

u                 u  • 

Q 

. .  o 

A  A 

40 

a  u 

Q 

.  o 

.  .  < 

u 

.1  lb.  bot. . 

1  Q 

..io 

K  A 

50 

r.  1 

.  1  oz.  bot. . 

OA 

yo 

a  ii 

1   IK  K^^4- 

.  1  lb.  Dot .  . 

.  .lo 

OU 

.  1  OZ.  bot.. 

20 

Uranium,  Nitrate  

1  .. 

.'.  1 

00 

Chloride  

1  .. 

..  1 

00 

1  ... 

65 

137 


STANDARD  PHOTOGRAPHIC  BOOKS  AT  POPULAR 

PRICES. 


SCOVILL'S  PHOTO.  SERIES. 


No.  1.— THE  PHOTOGRAPHIC  AMATEUR.  — By  J. 
Traill  Taylor.  A  guide  to  the  young  photographer,  either 
professional  or  amateur.    Price  per  copy  50  cents. 

No.  2. — Out  of  print.  (The  Art  and  Practice  of  Silver 
Printing.) 

No.  3.— Out  of  print.    (English  Annuals  for  1882.) 

No.  4  (Second  edition  of  5,000  copies).— HOW  TO  MAKE 
PICTURES.— The  A  B  C  of  Dry  Plate  Photography.  By  Henry 
Clay  Price.    Price,  Ilium.  Cover,  50  cts ;  Cloth  Cover,  75  cts. 

No.  5  (Second  edition).— PHOTOGRAPHY  WITH  EMUL- 
SIONS.—By  Capt.  W.  De  W.  Abney,  R.E.,  F.R.S.  Price  per 
copy  $1.00 

No.  6. — Edition  sold  out. 

No.  7.— THE  MODERN  PRACTICE  OF  RETOUCHING. 
— Price  per  copy  25  cents. 

No.  8.— THE  SPANISH  EDITION  OF  HOW  TO  MAKE 
PICTURES. — Ligeras  Lecciones  sobre  Fotografia  Dedicados  a 
Los  Aficionados.    Price  per  copy  $1  00 

No.  9.— TWELVE  ELEMENTARY  LESSONS  IN  PHO- 
TOGRAPHIC  CHEMISTRY.    Price  per  copy  25  cents. 

No.  10. -THE  BRITISH  JOURNAL  PHOTOGRAPHIC 
ALMANAC  FOR  1883.    Price  per  copy  35  cents. 

No.  11. — Edition  sold  out. 

No.  12.— HARDWICH'S  CHEMISTRY.— Ninth  Edition. 
Edited  by  J.  Traill  Taylor.    Price,  $2.00 ;  Cloth  $2.50 

No.  13.— TWELVE  ELEMENTARY  LESSONS  ON  SIL- 
VER PRINTING.    Price,  per  copy  25  cents. 

No.  14.— ABOUT  PHOTOGRAPHY  AND  PHOTOGRA- 
PHERS. By  H.  Baden  Pritchard,  F.C.S.   Price  per  copy  .$1.00 

No,  15.— THE  CHEMICAL  EFFECT  OF  THE  SPEC- 
TRUM.   By  J.  M.  Eder.    Price  per  copy  50  cents. 

No.   16.— PICTURE    MAKING    BY  PHOTOGRAPHY. 

By  H.  P.  Robinson,  M.D.,    In  illuminated  cover  75  cents. 

In  cloth  cover  $1.00 

1S8 


WILSON^S  PHOTOGRAPHIC  PUBLICATIONS. 


A  Treatise  on  every  Branch  of  Photography. 


The  Philadelphia  Photographer. — A  monthly  Magazine, 
illustrated  by  photographs  of  superior  merit.  $5  00  a  year  ;  $2  50 
for  six  months. 

The  Practical  Printer.  By  C.  W.  Hearn.  Price,  t2  50. 
Second  edition  now  ready.  This  is  a  most  handy  and  reliable 
book.  It  goes  into  all  the  operations  of  plain  and  fancy  silver 
printing,  and  is  f  ull  of  good. 

Photographers'  Pocket  Reference  Book.  By  Dr.  H.  Vogel. 
Price,  $1  50.  For  the  dark  room.  It  meets  a  want  filled  by  no 
other  book.    Full  of  formulae — short,  practical,  and  plain. 

Photographic  Progress  since  1879.  A  new  book  by  Dr.  H. 
W.  Vogel.    Now  ready.    Send  for  circular.    Price,  $3  00. 

The  Ferrotyper's  Guide.  Price,  75  cents.  Cheap  and  com- 
plete. For  the  Ferrotyper,  this  is  the  only  standard  work.  Seventh 
thousand. 

Pictorial  Effect  in  Photography.  By  H.  P.  Robinson. 
For  the  Art  Photographer.    Cloth,  $1  50 ;  paper  cover,  $1  00. 

Wilson's  Photographics.  The  newest  and  most  complete 
Photographic  Lesson-book.  Covers  every  department.  ,  352  pages. 
Finely  illustrated.    Only  $4  00.    By  Edward  L.  Wilson. 

Wilson's  Lantern  Journeys.  By  Edward  L.  Wilson.  In 
two  volumes.  Price,  $2  00  per  volume.  For  the  Lantern  exhib- 
itor. Gives  incidents  and  facts  in  entertaining  style  of  about 
2,000  places  and  things,  including  the  Centennial  and  Paris  Ex- 
hibitions.   Vol.  III.  in  preparation. 

BiGELOw's  Artistic  Photography.  Price,  $4  00.  For  the 
lover  of  art.  Beats  his  "Album  of  Lighting  and  Posing."  Superb  ! 
With  twelve  photographs  and  instructions. 

Burnet's  Hints  on  Composition.  Price,  $3  50.  All  should 
study  it.  A  splendid  work,  largely  illustrated,  giving  all  the  rules 
and  principles  of  artistic  posing. 

Studies  in  Artistic  Printing.  By  C.  W.  Hearn.  Price, 
$3  50.  Embellished  with  six  fine  cabinet  and  promenade  por- 
trait studies. 

The  Photographic  Colorist's  GuroE.  By  John  L.  Gihon. 
Cloth  bound,  $1  50.  The  newest  and  best  work  on  painting 
photographs. 

139 


Photographic  Mosaics,  1884.  Cloth  bound,  $1  00  ;  paper 
cover,  50  cents.  Back  volumes  same  price.  Better  than  any  of 
its  predecessors. 


WILSON'S  PH0T06RAPHICS. 

A  partial  Photographic  Encyclopedia.  By  Edward  Z.  Wilson.  Editor 
''Philadelphia  Photographer^''  ""Photo.  Mosaics^''  etc. 
A  Standard  Book  for  all  Workers  in  Photography, 

CONTENTS. 

A — Treatment  of  the  Subject. 
B — The  Needful  Apparatus. 
C — The  Objective  or  Lens. 
D— The  Dark  Room. 
E — Preparation  of  the  Glass. 
F — Chemicals  and  Solutions. 
G — The  Manipulations. 
H — Manipulatory  Miseries 
I — Retouching  the  Negative. 
J — The  Glass  Studio. 
K — Accessories  and  Light. 
L — Managing  the  Model. 
M — Printing  on  Albumen  Paper. 
N — Printing  on  Plain  Paper. 
O— General  Remarks  on  Printing. 
P — Printing  on  Various  Surfaces. 
Q — Printing  Perplexities. 
R — Art  in  Printing. 

5 —  Mounting  and  Finishing. 
T — Photography  Outside. 

U — Bromo-Gelatine  Emulsion  Work. 

V — Vogel's  Collodion  Emulsion. 

W — Enlargements  and  Lantern  Slides. 

X — Phototypes,  Platinotypes  and  Collodion  Transfers. 

Y — Wastes  and  their  Worth. 

Z — Metrical  Measuring. 

6 —  Concluding  Confab — Index. 

It  is  believed  that  this  is  the  most  valuable  work  ever  offered  to 
the  working  photographer. 

It  contains  352  pages  ;  7  x8f  inch  cover,  and  is  l-J- inches  thick. 
More  than  100  illustrations.    It  give  full  details  of  all  practical 

PROCESSES,  OLD  AND  NEW,  PUBLIC  AND  SECRET. 

Among  the  latter  are  the  "  Phototype,"  sometimes  call  the 
Artotype "  process,  with  examples;  many  of  the  "Lightning" 

processes  ;  the  "  Platinotyp^  "  process  ;  the    Collodion  Transfer" 

or  "  Megatype  "  process,  and  many  others. 

140 


58  pages  are  devoted  to  Posing  and  Lighting  ;  37  pages  give 
instructions  in  Emulsion  "  Dry"  Work  ;  29  pages  show  how  to 
Build  and  Use  Skylights  ;  108  pages  furnish  instructions  for  Ma- 
nipulating Negatives  ;  37  pages  are  applied  to  Printing  Formulae 
and  Dodges;  175  pages  give  Notes  from  Authors  all  over  the 
world. 

It  is  printed  on  fine  white  paper,  made  especially  for  it,  and 
sold  at  the  low  price  of  $4  00,  post  paid. 


DRY  PLATES. 

Dry  Plates  are  sensitized  negative  glass  (gelatine  emulsion), 
ready  for  exposure,  and  will  keep  good  in  dry  places  for  an  in- 
definite time.  They  are  put  up  in  light-tight  paper  boxes,  and 
must  be  opened,  developed  and  fixed  in  ruby  light,  as  the  smallest 
ray  of  white  light,  or  even  candle  light,  will  fog  them.  Cameras 
and  plate  'holders  must  also  be  free  from  all  light  inside,  except 
what  comes  through  the  lens ;  even  a  full  aperture  of  the  lens  will 
sometimes  fog  in  a  strong  light.  These  plates  are  usually  about 
ten  times  quicker  working  than  Collodion  Plates.  The  Instan- 
taneous are  of  course  much  quicker,  and  require  more  care. 

Any  photographer  can  work  these  plates  with  the  same  instru- 
ments as  wet  plates,  but  require  special  plate  holders.  There  is 
no  reason  why  any  one  should  fail  to  make  good  negatives  from 
the  start,  if  directions  are  followed  that  accompany  each  package 
of  plates.  They  are  now  used  by  all  the  leading  galleries,  some 
exclusively. 

It  may  here  be  added — because  of  many  inquirers — that  there 
are  no  prepared  Dry  Ferrotype  Plates  ;  the  process  is  only  negative. 

As  an  aid  to  the  practical  photographer,  the  formulas  of  the 
leading  standard  brands  of  Dry  Plates  are  given. 


141 


EVERY   PLATE  GUARANTEED. 


UMPUIAMBRECUL 


H.  Norden's  Extra  Rapid  Gelatine  Dry  Plates. 
PRICE  LIST. 

3i  X  4|-  per  dozen, 

4  x5 
4ix5i 
4ix  6i 

5  x7 
5  x8 

8  X  10 


JO  60 

10  X  12  per  dozen, 

-     $5  00 

90 

11x14 

6  50 

1  00 

14x17 

-     10  00 

1  20 

16x20 

16  00 

1  55 

17x20 

-     17  00 

1  75 

18x22 

20  00 

2  30 

20  X  24 

-     24  00 

3  40 

Discounts  are  as  follows  : 

Orders  amounting  to  $50  00,  5  per  cent.  off. 

over  50  00  and  under  $100  00,  10  per  cent.  off. 
100  00  200  00.  15 

We  warrant  all  our  plates  to  be  perfect,  and  will  answer  any 
complaints  if  the  number  of  emulsion  as  marked  in  every  box  is 
stated  to  us,  and  also  the  mode  of  development. 

142 


Formulas  and  Directions  for  H.  Norden's  St.  Louis  Extra 
Rapid  Gelatine  Dry  Plates. 

PYROGALLIC  ACID  DEVELOPMENT. 

I  STOCK  SOLUTION. 

No.  1.  No,  2. 

Alcohol  (absolute)  ,    -    15  ounces.      Water,  ------    14  ounces. 

Pyrogallic  Acid,  -    -    -    1  ounce.        Strongest  Aqua  Ammonia,  li  " 

Bromide  of  Ammonium,  380  grains. 

DAILY  USE. 

A.— 1  Part  of  No.  1.  I  B.— 1  Part  of  No.  2. 

9       "     Water.  |  9       "  Water. 

The  bottles  containing  the  solutions  should  be  tightly  corked. 
NORMAL  DEVELOPER. 
1  Part  A.  I  1  Part  B. 

Fill  the  developing  dish  with  cold  clear  water  and  put  the  plate 
from  the  tablet  in  it  so  that  the  plate  is  entirely  covered  with  water, 
then  place  a  cover  on  it.  For  a  plate  8  x  10  inches,  mix  in  a  wide 
mouth  bottle  2  ounces  of  A  and  2  ounces  of  jB. 

After  the  plate  has  remained  one  to  two  minutes  in  the  water, 
pour  off  the  same;  then  pour  the  developer  evenly  over  the  plate, 
keeping  the  dish  in  gentle  motion.  If  air  bubbles  set  on  the  plate, 
touch  them  lightly  with  the  finger  tip  or  with  a  soft  hair  brush. 

Watch  the  developing  carefully,  without  exposing  it  more  to  the 
red  light  than  is  absolutely  necessary.  Do  not  take  the  plate  out 
of  the  dish  during  the  development  for  the  purpose  of  looking 
through,  but  try  to  get  accustomed  to  judge  the  intensity  of  the 
picture  by  the  advancing  red  light  in  the  dish  either  to  the  gray  or 
black  or  light  details.  Let  the  plate  remain  in  the  dish  until  the 
full  detail  in  the  shadows  is  visible.  As  by  the  wet  process,  the 
highest  lights  must  appear  first,  and  afterward  all  detail  to  the 
darkest  shadow. 

If  the  negative  appears  equal  in  all  its  parts  at  once,  it  is  a  sign 
of  over-exposure.  If  the  plate  was  under-exposed,  the  negative 
shows  after  two  minutes'  development  no  detail  in  shadows.  In 
both  cases  the  plates  ought  to  be  rejected,  as  the  time  and  expense 
are  more  than  a  new  exposure  would  cost. 

If  not  sure  that  the  time  of  exposure  was  correct,  or  if  a  second 
exposure  cannot  take  place,  manage  as  follows  : 

Mix  for  a  plate  5x8  inches,  J  ounce  No.  A  with  l-J-  ounces  of 
water  and  \  ounce  of  No.  B,  commencing  with  this  weak  devel- 
oper. If  after  a  minute's  development  the  picture  does  not  ap- 
pear, THE  TIME  OF  EXPOSURE  WAS  TOO  SHORT.  In  this  case  pour 
away  the  developer  and  use  the  Normal  developer ;  if  the  negative 
desires  still  more  intensity,  the  time  of  exposure  was  by  far  too 
short,  and  it  is  not  advisable  to  try  a  stronger  developer,  as  it  will 
generally  cause  fog.  Be  careful  not  to  expose  too  short,  as  an 
under-exposed  plate  produces  rough  pictures. 

If  you  know  the  negative  was  under-exposed,  commence  with 


143 


mixing  1  part  of  No.  A  with  2  parts  of  No.      and  by  using  this 
solution  the  developer  will  in  nearly  all  cases  develop  properly. 
This  last  solution  mixed  of  equal  parts  of  No.  A  and  of  No. 
will  bring  out  the  picture  clear  and  brilliant. 

No.  A  produces  intensity  and  No.  ^produces  the  detail  without 
giving  much  intensity  to  the  lights. 

Should  the  negative  not  show  the  desired  intensity,  even  if  you 
add  less  of  No.  B,  you  can  remedy  the  evil  by  mixing  the  Stock 
Solution  with  Bromide  of  Ammonium. 

Every  one  must  regulate  his  developer  by  experience. 

After  the  development  is  completed  in  all  its  parts,  take  the 
plate  out  of  the  dish,  wash  carefully  under  frequent  changes 
of  water,  until  the  gelatine  film  accepts  the  water  entirely,  and  put 
the  plate  in  a  fixing  bath  of  10  per  cent.  Hyposulphite  of  Soda. 
Leave  the  plate,  after  all  brom.  silver  has  disappeared,  a  few  min- 
utes in  the  natron,  and  rinse  well  with  plenty  of  water.  You  can- 
not give  too  much  attention  to  a  thorough  washing  of  the  plates. 

To  give  the  negative  a  gray  color,  pour  immediately  and  re- 
peatedly a  dissolution  of  one  ounce  of  water  with  ten  drops  of 
diluted  nitric  acid  over  the  plate  after  taking  it  from  the  fixing 
bath,  wash  again,  and  the  plate  can  be  set  aside  to  dry  exposed  to 
daylight. 

The  soaking  of  the  smaller  plates  up  to  8  x  10  before  develop- 
ing is  not  absolutely  necessary,  and  the  developer  may  be  poured 
directly  on  the  dry  plates.  Larger  plates  should  never  be  devel- 
oped without  soaking  them  before,  which  prevents  the  gelatine 
film  from  turning  yellow. 

Keep  all  the  solutions  cool  during  hot  weather.  After  the  plates 
are  fixed,  put  them  in  10  per  cent.  Alum  solution  and  then  wash 
them  carefully. 

There  is  no  reason  for  apprehension  that  the  film  may  turn 
yellow  after  this  process. 

In  negatives  of  little  intensity  the  yellowish  color  should  not  be 
removed,  as  the  same  is  very  essential  for  procuring  a  brilliant 
and  powerful  copy.  Under  a  correct  treatment  of  the  developing 
process,  the  negative  will  always  produce  the  required  intensity. 

Should  the  negative  appear  too  thin,  it  can  be  strengthened  as 
follows  : 

STRENGTHENING  SOLUTION. 
No.  1. — A  saturated  solution  of  Bichloride  of  Mercury  in  water. 
No.  2. — 6  ounces  of  water. 


The  Beebe  Gelatine  Dry  Plates,  manufactured  by  the 
Chicago  Dry  Plate  and  Manufacturing  Company. 

EVERY  PLATE  GUARANTEED. 
DIRECTIONS    FOR  THE   MANAGEMENT   OF   BEEBE'S  GELA- 
TINE DRY  PLATES. 

To  successfully  work  these  plates,  follow  the  instructions 
carefully,  and  until  you  have  mastered  them,  do  not  find  any 

144 


fault  with  the  plates  or  begin  any  innovations  in  method  of 
working  them. 

Before  opening  the  package  of  plates,  see  that  all  White  Light 
is  rigidly  excluded  from  your  dark  room  ;  but  in  its  place  you  can 
have  all  the  ruby  light  that  you  want,  and  I  advise  that  you  take 
two  sheets  of  ruby  paper  and  make  an  opening  for  them,  then  you 
can  see  what  you  and  your  plates  are  doing.  Little  lamps  and 
tiny  windows  are  a  mistake — in  the  quality,  not  the  quantity,  of 
light  lies  the  danger  of  fog. 

The  edges  of  your  negative  which  have  not  been  exposed  will 
be  a  sure  test.  They  must,  when  cut,  be  like  clear  glass,  or  your 
light  is  wrong. 

I  take  it  for  granted  that  your  camera  and  holder  are  in  perfect 
condition.  There  must  be  no  cracks  to  leak  light,  nor  any  silver 
on  the  holder  to  get  on  the  plate. 

Now,  for  a  trial,  take  one  of  the  plates  from  the  box,  dust  it,  put 
into  holder,  and  make  an  exposure ;  give  one  second,  five  seconds 
and  ten  seconds  on  the  same  subject  and  with  the  same  light. 

Returning  to  the  dark  room,  where  we  have  the  following 
developer  ready  : 

SOLUTION  No.  1. 

Water  1  gallon. 

Carbonate  of  potash  (salts  of  tartar)  1  pound. 

Oxalic  acid  1  pound. 

Mix  in  a  two  gallon  jar,  and  see  that  the  solution  tests  decided- 
ly acid.  There  will  be  a  small  amount  of  the  salt  remaining  that 
cannot  be  dissolved,  but  will  filter  out. 

SOLUTION  No.  2. 

Water   1  quart. 

Protosulphate  of  iron  12  ounces. 

Let  iron  dissolve  slowly;  shake  bottle  occasionally  ;  filter,  and  if 
32  drops  sulphuric  acid  be  added  to  the  solution,  it  will  stay  clear. 
Filter  these  solutions  carefully. 

If  the  commercial  oxalate  of  potash  is  preferred,  use 

Water  (hot)  5  pints. 

Oxalate  of  potash  1  pound. 

See  that  the  solution  is  somewhat  acid  ;  add  a  little  oxalic  acid 
to  make  it  so;  let  cool,  filter  and  use  in  place  of  Solution  No.  1 
given  above. 

To  Develop  a  5  x  8  Plate,  take 

Solution  No.  1  2  ounces. 

Solution  No.  2  1  dram. 

(Always  pour  No.  2  into  No.  1.) 

Put  the  exposed  plate  in  the  developing  tray,  and  quickly  sweep 
the  developer  over  ;  keep  moving.  Keep  developer  on  until  image 
is  a  little  sunken  in. 

Experience  will  show  how  far  to  carry  development.  When 
plate  is  removed  from  developer,  wash  carefully.  Fix  in  a  solution 

145 


of  water,  one  gallon;  hyposulphite  of  soda,  sixteen  ounces.  Wash 
carefully,  and  place  in  a  solution  of  water,  one  gallon ;  alum,  one 
pound.  Leave  for  about  five  minutes,  wash  for  half  an  hour,  and 
when  plate  is  removed  from  washing  tray,  brush  off  all  sediment 
with  a  soft  brush  dipped  in  water.  Let  negative  dry  without  heat. 
Constant  motion  and  careful  washing  prevent  streaks. 

After  negative  is  dry,  proofs  may  be  taken  before  it  is  varnished, 
but  care  should  be  taken  to  have  the  paper  perfectly  dry. 

The  negative  should  be  varnished  with  ordinary  negative  var- 
nish or  with  plain  collodion  before  any  considerable  number  oi 
prints  are  made  from  it,  as  the  film  is  liable  to  become  stained  by 
the  silver  in  the  paper. 

NOTES. 

Large  plates  may  be  wetted  before  the  application  of  the  devel- 
oper, if  preferred. 

If  extra  intensity  is  desired,  add  a  few  drops  of  a  fifteen-grain 
solution  of  bromide  of  potassium  to  each  ounce  of  developer  before 
applying  to  the  plate. 

To  make  clean  work,  dust  off  the  plate  before  exposure,  filter 
the  solutions  and  avoid  air  bubbles  on  the  plate. 

The  iron  should  be  added  to  the  oxalate,  and  not  vice  versa. 
If  too  much  iron  is  added,  it  will  cause  a  bright  yellow  sandy  pre- 
cipitate on  the  plate.  Never  add  iron  to  developer  in  developing 
tray,  always  pour  into  a  graduate. 

A  tray  should  always  be  used  for  developing,  and  enough  de- 
veloper to  fully  cover  the  plate. 

A  very  convenient  developing  tray  can  be  made  of  planished 
copper,  tin  side  in,  but  such  a  tray  cannot  be  used  for  hypo.,  alum 
or  intensification. 

I^^If  the  plate  is  allowed  to  drain  too  much  between  any  of 
the  operations,  air  bubbles  will  form  on  the  film,  which  must  be 
removed  with  a  soft  brush  upon  the  application  of  the  next  solu- 
tion, otherwise  its  action  will  be  unequal. 

It  is  sometimes  desirable  to  immerse  plate  in  a  strong  solution 
of  common  alum,  either  before  or  after  fixing,  as  it  hardens  the 
film  and  enables  it  to  dry  quicker  and  cleaner. 

Always  examine  the  plate  from  the  back  on  the  removal  from 
*the  hypo. 

TO  INTENSIFY. 

Proper  timing  and  development  will  render  intensification  un- 
necessary, but  when  it  cannot  be  avoided  the  following  is  to  be 
used  : 

STOCK  SOLUTION. 

Bichloride  of  mercury.  120  grains. 

Water  12  ounces. 

WASH  WELL. 

Wash  thoroughly  after  fixing  and  before  applying  intensifier. 
Leave  in  mercury  until  desired  strength  is  obtained,  wash  well  and 

146  '  ♦ 


put  in  a  solution  of  ammonia,  120  drops,  water,  12  ounces,  until 
blackened. 

TO  REDUCE. 

Water.   12  ounces. 

Cyanide  of  potassium   h  ounce. 

Bichloride  of  mercury   |  ounce. 

The  plate  must  be  thoroughly  washed  both  before  and  after  its 
application. 

FAILURES. 

A  knowledge  of  failures  is  sometimes  useful  as  an  aid  in  avoid- 
ing them,  hence  we  append  some  of  the  most  common. 

Transparent  Spots. — Dust  on  the  plate.  Air  bubbles  on  the 
plate.    Bubbles  in  developer. 

Pink  Film. — Purple  by  Reflected  Light. — Too  much  am- 
monia in  developer.  Development  too  prolonged.  Never  occurs 
with  ferrous  oxalate  developer. 

Weak  and  Foggy  Image. — Over-exposure.  White  light  in 
dark  room.    Reflections  in  camera. 

Weak  and  Clear  Shadows. — Under-development. 

Strong  and  Clear  Shadows. — Under-exposure. 

Crystallization  on  Finished  Negatives. — Hypo,  not  wash- 
ed out. 

Frilling. — Immerse  the  plate  before  or  after  fixing  in  a 
saturated  solution  of  common  alum. 

|^**Most  of  the  failures  in  the  use  of  gelatine  plates  are  from 
imperfect  light  in  the  dark  room,  or  imperfect  cameras  or  holders^ 
all  of  which  cause  fog  more  readily  on  a  gelatine  plate  than  a 
wet  plate. 

DEVELOPER. 


No.  1. — Neutral  oxalate  of  potash   ...  .1  pound. 

Water  5  pints. 

Make  decidedly  acid  with  citric  acid,  and  filter. 

No.  2. — Iron  1  pound. 

Water  2  quarts  ^ 

Filter,  and  add  60  drops  sulphuric  acid. 
To  Develop  take 

No.  1. — Oxalate  solution  4  ounces. 

No.  2. — Iron  4  drams 

Always  Have  Ready  a  Bottle  of 

Water  ,  10  ounces. 

Bromide  ammonium  300  grains. 


If  more  intensity  is  needed,  add  10  drops  bromide  solution  and 
continue  the  development. 

Image  should  show  through  on  back  of  plate.  An  over-exposed 
plate  needs  weaker  developer  and  more  bromide  solution.  An 
under-exposed  plate  needs  stronger  developer  and  less  bromide 
solution. 

Carry  the  development  until  image  is  well  sunken  in ;  do  net 
try  to  hurry. 

^7 


Note  deduction.        BRICE  LIST.       Note  Reduction. 


^■k  X    4^  per  dozen. .  . . 

60 

10  X  12  per  dozen 

$  5 

00 

4x5 

H 

90 

11  X  14  " 

6 

50 

4ix  H 

H 

1 

00 

14  X  17  " 

10 

00 

4ix  6J 

U 

..  1 

20 

16  X  20  " 

16 

00 

5x7 

a 

. .  1 

55 

17  X  20  " 

17 

00 

5x8 

a 

..  1 

75 

18  X  22  " 

20 

00 

6ix  8i 

n 

.  .  2 

30 

20  X  24  " 

24 

00 

8   X  10 

a 

..  3 

40 

Add  for  Stripping  Plates  25  per  cent,  to  this  list. 


DISCOUNTS  ARE  AS  FOLLOWS  : 
Orders  amounting  to  $15  00,  5  per  cent.  off. 

over  50  00  and  under  $100  00,  10  per  cent,  off 
"   100  00  200  00,  15  per  cent.  off. 

Complete  formula  for  use  inclosed  in  each  package. 

Manufactured  for  the  Professional  Photographer,  the  Scientific 
Amateur,  the  Microscopic,  the  Artist,  the  Manufacturer,  the 
Pleasure  Seeker,  and  all  who  wish  to  preserve  an  exact  and 
beautiful  representation  of  any  object. 


m/th  Year. 

With  increased  experience  and  greatly  increased 
facilities,  we  can  promise  that  the  Keystone 
Plates  "  will  be  found  to  excel  all  others  in  quality, 
rapidity^  uniformity  and  technical  perfection.  All 
plates  are  packed  face  down  in  our  new  boxes. 
1« 


Slow  Landscape,  end  for  Transparencies — Red 


Rapid  Landscape,  for  Groups  and  general  Pho- 
ly,  a  most  useful  and   reliable   plate  —  White 


Rapid  Portrait  Work,  Instantaneous  Views,  In- 
;,  &c. — Blue  Label. 


THE   KEYSTONE   SPECIAL  PLATE. 

This  plate  is,  we  believe,  the  most  rapid  offered  the  public  ; 
about  double  the  speed  of  the  J.  C.  B.,  and  same  treatment  in 
developing ;  very  suitable  for  Amateur  Indoor  Photography, 
Animals  and  Moving  Objects. 


REVISED  PRICE  LIST.— PRICE  PER  DOZEN. 


3i 
4 

5 
5 


8  xlO 


4^  per  doz . 
5 

H 

6i 
7 
8 

Si 


60 
90 
00 
20 
55 
75 
30 
40 


10 
11 
14 
16 
17 
18 
20 


12  per  doz  $  5 


14 
17 
20 
20 
22 
24 


6 
10 
16 
17 
20 


00 
50 
00 
00 
00 
00 


24  00 


DISCOUNTS  ARE  AS  FOLLOWS  : 

Orders  amounting  to  $15  00,  5  per  cent.  off. 

over   50  00  and  under  $100  00,  10  per  cent.  off. 
100  00  200  00,  15 


New  and  Simple  Pyro.  Developer  for  Carbutt's  Special 
Portrait  and  Instantaneous  Gelatine  Dry  Plates, 

CAUTION. — Owing  to  the  extreme  sensitiveness  of  these 
Plates,  we  would  caution  customers  to  be  careful  of  the  quality 
of  the  light  used.  Carbutt's  Multum  in  Parvo  Lantern  or  Trans- 
lucent Ruby  Paper  give  a  safe  light  with  oil  or  gas. 

THIS  DEVELOPER  will  be  found  to  allow  of  shorter 
exposure  and  gives  finer  modulation  to  the  negative  than  is 
generally  obtained  with  Ferrous  Oxalate  ;  but  for  these  Plates 
we  prefer  and  recommend  the  following  simple  formula  of  Pyro. 
and  Common  Washing  Soda  ;  however,  Ferrous  Oxalate  may  be 
used  by  those  who  prefer  it. 


«49 


No.  1.— 10  PER  CENT.  PYRO.  SOLUTION. 

Pyrogallic  Acid   1  ounce. 

Oxalic  Acid   120  grains. 

Water       8  ounces. 

Dissolve  the  Acid,  then  add  the  Pyro.  and  Water  to  make  10  ounces  fluid. 

No.  2.— SODA  SOLUTION. 

Saturated  Solution  Washing  Soda   4  ounces. 

Sulphite  of  Soda   80  grains. 

Water   16  ounces. 

A  Saturated  Solution  of  Soda  is  made  by  pouring  4  parts  hot 
water  on  to  5  parts  Carbonate  Soda  (Common  Washing  Soda"! 
and  allowing  to  cool. 

No.  3.— CITRATE  OF  SODA. 

Take  2  oz.  Saturated  Soda  Solution,  add  of  Citric  Acid  in 
powder  until  a  slip  of  blue  litmus  remains  faintly  red,  then  add 
water  to  measure  10  oz. 

To  develop  say  a  5  x  8  plate,  measure  half  dram  No.  1,  pour 
into  2^  oz.  Soda  Solution  and  flow  over  Plate  in  developing  pan. 
If  properly  exposed,  continue  till  image  is  well  out,  then  w^ash  off 
Developer  and  immerse  for  two  or  three  minutes  in  the 

No.  4.— HARDENING  AND  BLEACHING  BATH. 

Pulverized  Alum   2  ounces. 

Oxalic  Acid   ....      J  ounce. 

Water   20  ounces. 

wash  for  a  minute  or  two,  then  fix  in  Solution  of  Hyposulphite 
of  Soda,  1  to  5  of  water,  then  wash  mos^  thoroughly.  The  nega- 
tive may  again  be  placed  in  the  Alum  Solution  in  case  the  yellow 
color  had  not  all  been  discharged  by  che  first  application. 

Over- Exposure. — If  on  applying  the  Developer  the  image 
comes  too  quick,  at  once  remove  Plate  and  wash  off.  To  the 
Developer  add  half  a  dram  Citrate  Soda  Solution,  one  dram  more 
Pyro.  Solution,  and  one  ounce  Water ;  the  development  will  now 
be  slower  and  vigor  secured  as  in  a  properly  timed  negative. 
For  under-exposure  add  one  or  two  drams  saturated  Soda 
Solution. 

For  instantaneous  Exposure,  add  one  dram  No.  1  to  2  ounces 
No.  2  Soda  Solution.  This  Developer,  while  the  cheapest,  has 
given  the  most  satisfactory  results  in  Portraiture  and  Landscape, 
and  I  strongly  recommend  a  trial  of  it  by  those  using  the  Key- 
stone Plates. 


How  to  make  Transparencies  on  Carbntt^s  Keystone 

Plates. 

When  to  be  made  by  contact,  use  artificial  light,  either  gas  or 
coal  oil  lamp,  but  the  most  efficient  is  the  light  from  CARBUTT'S 
MULTUM  IN  PARVO  LANTEJLN. 

150 


Use  a  deep  printing  frame  with  a  piece  of  plate  or  flat  glass  to 
lay  Negative  on,  place  over  the  Negative  a  Keystone  A  Plate, 
then  expose  from  10  or  20  seconds  or  what  may  be  considered 
sufficient  according  to  the  intensity  of  Negative  being  used,  the 
time  of  exposure  and  strength  of  developer  are  the  two  principal 
factors  in  determining  the  TONE  and  DENSITY  of  the  resultant 
transparency,  a  short  exposure  with  strong  developer  yields 
vigorous  transparencies  with  rich  velvet  black  tone,  long  exposure 
and  dilute  developer  gives  warm  brown  tones,  fine  gradation  with 
transparency  of  detail  in  the  Shadows,  suitable  for  Optical 
Lantern  Slides. 

For  transparencies  for  the  window,  a  mask  with  a  suitable 
central  opening  should  be  placed  between  the  Negative  and  Gela- 
tine Dry  Plate.  A  suitable  paper  is  a  thin  enameled  surface 
paper  of  a  Turkey  red  color,  this  will  be  found  to  protect 
the  margin  of  the  plate  and  give  a  sharp  clean  outline  to  the 
picture. 


Special  Deyeloper  for  Transparencies. 

I. —OXALATE  SOLUTION. 

Oxalate  of  Potash  8  ounces.  |  Water....  32  ounces. 

When  dissolved,  add  of  a  strong  solution  of  Citric  Acid  suffi- 
cient to  faintly  change  blue  litmus  paper,  then  add  200  grains 
more  of  Citric  Acid,  when  dissolved,  filter. 

IL— IRON  SOLUTION. 

Pure  Protosulphate  of  Iron. . . .  4  oz.  |  Water  16  ounces. 

Dissolve  and  add  of  Sulphuric  Acid,  16  drops. 

DEVELOPER  FOR  BLACK  TONES. 
Oxalate  Solution  4  parts.  |  Iron  1  part. 

DEVELOPER  FOR  BROWN  TONES. 

To  the  above  add  two  or  three  parts  water,  bearing  in  mind 
what  has  been  said  about  regulating  the  exposure  to  suit  the  de- 
veloper. The  development  should  be  carried  on  until  the  detail 
in'fthe  strongest  light  of  the  image  is  well  defined,  then  wash,  and 
fix  in  clean  and  fresh  Hypo.  Solution,  made  by  dissolving  4  ounces 
of  Hypo.  Soda  in  20  ounces  of  water,  place  in  Alum  Solution  a 
few  minutes,  then  give  a  thorough  washing,  and  before  putting  to 
dry,  with  a  swab  of  absorbent  cotton  go  over  the  surface  while 
holding  the  transparency  under  the  tap,  rinse  and  place  to  dry 
spontaneously,  and  it  is  then  ready  to  bind  in  the  metal  frames 
sold  by  dealers  for  that  purpose. 

N.B. — By  leaving  out  the  200  grains  Citric  Acid  in  the  above 
Oxalate  Solution,  it  is  then  suitable  for  the  ordinary  Negative 
Developer. 

151 


t 


THE  NEW  ALKALINE  DEVELOPER 

FOR  MONROE'S  PLATES. 
Formula. — No.  1.  In  64  ozs.  of  water,  dissolve  1  oz.  Sulphite  Soda,  then 
add  20  grains  Citric  Acid,  and  lastly  1  oz.  Pyrogallic  Acid. 
This  solution  will  keep  indefinitely. 

N.B. — Be  sure  and  use  Sulph^V^  not  Sulphate.  We  give  preference  to 
Power  &  Wightman's  as  being  the  most  suitable.  Use  only  the  crystals, 
not  granular. 

No.  2.    Water  64  ozs.;   Brom.   Potass.,   120  grains;   Stronger  Water 
Ammonia,  l}/^  ozs. 
Keep  well  corked. 

In  warm  weather  use  alum  bath  after  development, 

Development. — For  proper  exposure  use  equal  parts  of  No.  1  and  No. 
2.  For  under-exposure,  more  of  No.  2.  For  over-exposure,  three  parts 
No.  1  to  one  or  two  parts  No.  2. 

The  solution  can  be  used  for  several  successive  plates,  but  after  standing 
should  have  a  slight  addition  of  No.  2. 

When  fixing  bath  becomes  too  red,  use  new  solution. 

Caution. — Too  long  development  makes  the  negative  too  intense  and 
strong.  Proper  handling  will  produce  the  finest  results  ever  obtained  on 
Gelatine  Dry  Plates,  both  for  richness  in  chemical  eflfectand  rapid  printing 
qualities. 

This  developer  used  on  the  "  semper  idem  "  plate  possesses  the  valuable 
property  of  not  discoloring  the  film,  which,  together  with  the  quickness  of 
its  action,  makes  it  vastly  superior  to  oxalate.  For  additional  instruction 
see  the  complete  directions  sent  with  each  package. 

Note. — Unless  pure  chemicals  are  used  for  the  above,  trouble  may  be 
expected.  Use  only  Schering's  (German)  Pyro.  or  best  English  makes. 
Do  not  use  trays  that  have  had  Oxalate  or  Iron  in  them  without  first  putting 
in  a  small  quantity  of  dilute  Pyro.  developer  and  then  rinsing. 

Do  not  fix  plates  developed  with  Pyro.  in  Hypo,  bath  that  has  been  used 
for  plates  developed  with  Oxalate. 

The  No.  1  solution  should  be  only  slightly  colored  by  the  Pyro. — a  per- 
ceptible straw  color.  Should  it  be  darker  it  is  evidence  of  impurity  some- 
where. Mix  No.  1  in  the  order  written.  Any  rust  from  the  faucet  will 
change  the  color  very  much.  The  Sulphite  can  be  dissolved  in  hot  water 
or  pulverized  in  a  mortar. 

Should  any  of  our  customers  dislike  the  Sulphite  formulas  that  we 
recommend,  we  give  below  another  formula  for  Pyro.  development,  which 
works  perfectly  on  our  plates  ;  it  also  works  somewhat  softer  than  the  first 
mentioned  : 

Developers. — No.  1.  Pyrogallic  Acid,  1  oz. ;  Alcohol,  8  ozs. 
No.  2.  Bromide  Potass.,  120  grs.;  Water,  7  ozs.;  Stronger  Ammonia, 
1  oz. 

Use  one  dram  of  No.  1,  one  dram  of  No.  2,  water  4  ozs. 


PRICES  OF  MONROE'S  PLATES. 

INSTANTANEOUS. 


Sizp:.                               Per  Doz. 
X  43^  $0  60 

4  x5    90 

4M  X  5^2   1  00 

4U  x  63^   1  20 

5  X  7    1  55 

5    X  8   1  75 

Gk'x  81^   2  30 

8     X  10"^   3  00 


Size.  Per  Doz. 

10  X  12  $5  00 

11  X  14   6  50 

14x  17  10  00 

16  X  20  16  00 

17  X  20  17  00 

18  X  22  20  00 

20  X  24  24  00 


152 


Instructions  for  Using  the  Inglis  Insoluble 

Dry  Plates, 


THE  DARK  ROOM, 

The  dark  room  should  be  free  from  all  white  light — small  rays  entering 
and  diffusing  through  the  room  are  ruinous  to  dry  plates,  where  the  wet 
plate,  being  less  sensitive,  would  work  unharmed.  Use  a  lamp  or  gas  jet 
protected  by  a  copper  flashed  ruby  chimney,  or  by  a  sheet  of  yellow  and 
one  of  ruby  paper,  if  care  is  taken  to  cut  off  the  rays  of  white  light  from 
the  lamp.  If  daylight  is  preferred,  darken  all  but  a  pane  or  two  of  the 
window,  which  is  to  be  covered  with  ruby  paper.  Direct  sunlight  through 
the  paper  should  be  avoided.  Yellow  paper  alone  only  partially  stops  the 
actinic  ray,  and  is  therefore  worthless.  [Lamps  and  ruby  paper  are  kept  in 
stock  and  can  be  supplied  by  us  on  short  notice,  if  desired,] 

EXPOSURE. 

The  proper  time  of  exposure  can  be  ascertained  by  making  several 
exposures  on  the  same  plate,  say  one-half,  one,  two  and  three  seconds,  by 
successive  partial  withdrawals  ot  the  slide,  and  developing  as  if  but  one 
exposure  had  been  made,  always  remembering  that  these  plates  are  fully 
twenty-five  times  the  rapidity  of  the  average  wet  plate,  and  of  a  uniformity 
which  obviates  the  necessity  of  the  experiment  ever  being  repeated. 

DEVELOPMENT. 

The  very  great  advantage  of  the  Pyro.  development  over  the  Oxalate  is 
now  admitted  by  nearly  all  photographers.  Its  rapidity  and  simplicity  are 
points  in  its  favor.  The  "  Insoluble  "  plate  works  especially  well  with  the 
Pyro.,  and  although  many  developers  give  good  results,  we  recommend 
only  the  following  as  giving  the  best  quality,  producing  a  rich,  velvety 
texture,  combined  with  great  snap  and  clearness  in  the  finished  negative, 
and  we  decline  to  be  responsible  where  any  other  is  used: 

FORMULA. 

STOCK  SOLUTION. 


Pyro.  (English  or  German  make)   1  ounce. 

Bromide  Ammonium  600  grains. 

Water   6  ounces. 

Nitric  Acid   20  drops. 

A.  — Take  of  Stock  ,  , ,  ,  ^  ounce. 

Water  10  ounces. 

B.  — Stronger  Water  Ammonia    34^  ounce. 

Water  10  ounces. 


The  above  solutions  will  keep  indefinitely.  Equal  parts  of  A  and  B  are 
a  normal  developer. 

A  little  more  of  A  will  retard  and  give  density — more  of  B  gives  addi- 
tional softness  and  hastens  development. 

The  development  should  be  begun  with  a  less  quantity  of  B,  which  may 
be  increased  if  the  image  comes  up  too  slowly. 

To  gain  intensity  and  prevent  fog  and  flatness  where  a  plate  has  been 
over-exposed,  add  from  34  ounce  of  the  following  solution  to  the 


153 


developer.  Any  amount  of  density  may  be  obtained  by  use  of  more  or 
less  of  this  solution  of  Bromide  of  Ammonium  or  Potassium. 

Bromide  of  Ammonium  100  grains. 

Water   10  ounces. 

See  that  all  your  chemicals  are  fresh  and  pure. 

It  is  absolutely  necessary  that  above  instructions  be  followed  to  obtain 
best  results  from  our  plates. 

FIXING  BATH. 
A  saturated  solution  of  Hypo. 

PYRO.  STAINS. 

To  remove  the  yellow  Pyro.  stains  from  a  plate,  thus  giving  the  appear- 
ance of  a  wet  plate,  immerse  the  negative  in  a  saturated  solution  of  alum, 
after  fixing  and  washing.  If  reduction  of  intensity  is  desired,  a  very  few 
drops  of  muriatic  acid  added  to  the  alum  will  produce  the  result. 

INTENSIFICATION. 

Should  intensity  be  needed,  which  may  arise  from  over-exposure,  the 
following  is  recommended. 

The  operation  is  to  be  performed  after  fixing  and  washing. 


No.  1. — Bichloride  of  Mercury  60  grains. 

Water   6  ounces. 

No.  2. — Iodide  Potassium  90  grains. 

Water     2  ounces. 

No.  (5.— Hypo  120  grains. 

Water   2  ounces. 


Pour  No.  2  into  No.  1,  shake  and  add  No.  3.  Place  negative  in  dish 
kept  for  the  purpose,  and  cover  with  sufficient  solution  ;  when  strong 
enough,  wash  well.  Solution  can  be  used  repeatedly.  Wash  thoroughly 
after  each  operation. 

INSOLUBILITY. 

We  have  adopted  the  name  "Insoluble"  as  a  distinctive  brand  for  our 
plates,  and  with  our  developer  we  guarantee  them  absolutely  non-frilling 
in  any  climate  ;  we  do  not,  however,  recommend  the  severe  and  unneces- 
sary test  of  hot  water.  The  plates  can  be  easily  made  insoluble  to  that 
extent  if  desired,  but  at  the  expense  of  extreme  sensitiveness  and  quality; 
it  is  therefore  considered  desirable  to  carry  the  insolubility  only  to  a  point 
which  will  make  the  plates  non-frilling  at  all  ordinary  temperatures. 

RAPID  DRYING. 

By  flowing  the  plate  with  alcohol  immediately  after  fixing,  draining  and 
hanging  on  tacks,  it  will  be  found  to  dry  rapidly. 

Any  stains  on  the  hands  produced  by  the  use  of  Pyro.  may  be  removed 
with  a  weak  solution  of  Hydrochloric  Acid. 

REMARKS 

Always  dust  off  the  plate,  before  exposure,  with  a  soft  Ijrush,  to  avoid 
small  spots  liable  to  appear  in  the  finished  negative. 

Always  flood  the  plato  at  one  sweep  with  the  developer,  and  keep  plate 
out  of  the  solutions  for  examination  as  short  a  time  as  possible,  as  in  either 


154 


instance  air  bubbles  are  liable  to  form  on  the  film.  Should  such  appear 
they  must  be  instantly  wiped  away  with  a  small  brush.  Keep  your  solution 
clean  by  filtering  occasionally. 


FAILURES. 

Some  of  the  most  frequent  causes  of  failure  are  as  follows  : 

Transparent  spots — Dust  on  the  plate.  Air  bubbles  allowed  to  form  on 
the  plate.    Bubbles  in  developer. 

Pink  film  {^purple  by  reflected  light) — Too  much  ammonia  in  developer. 
Development  too  prolonged. 

Weak  and  foggy  image — Over-exposure.  White  light  in  dark  room. 
Reflection  in  camera. 

Too  weak  with  clear  shadows — Under-development 

Too  strong  with  clear  shadozvs — Under-exposure. 

Crystallization  on  finished  negatives — Hypo,  not  washed  out. 


NOTICE. 

Large  figures  will  be  found  stamped  on  the  bottom  of  each  package  of 
our  plates  ;  they  are  simply  for  the  manufacturers'  convenience  ;  all  our 
plates  will  be  found  uniform.  A  record  is  kept  by  aid  of  these  numbers, 
and  parties  corresponding  with  us  in  regard  to  any  particular  lot  of  plates 
will  kindly  quote  them. 


PRICE  msT. 

Size.  Per  Doz. 

33^  X  434  $0  60 

4  X  5    90 

41^  X    1  00 

41^  X  63^   1  20 

43^  X  61^   1  40 

5  X  6    1  35 

5     X  7    1  55 

53^  X  7   1  70 

5    X  8    1  75 

63^  X  83^   2  30 

8     X  10    3  40 

10  X  12   5  00 

11  X  14    6  50 

11  X  15    7  80 

14  X  17,  double  thick  glass  10  00 

16  X  20   16  00 

17  X  20  "  "   ,  17  00 

18  X  22  "  "   20  00 

20  X  24  "  "   24  00 

Other  sizes  to  order.  11  x  14  and  larger  sizes  packed  in  boxes  contain- 
ing half-dozen.  Each  box  contains  full  instructions  for  exposure  and 
development. 

We  make  a  specialty  of  large  plates.  Correspondence  solicited. 


155 


SHERWOOD'S  PICTURE  EASELS. 

Turk's  head  pattern. 


Sherwood's 


No. 

0 

1 

2 
3 
4* 
5 


Extreme 
Height. 

U 


White  Lustral, 
per  doz. 


2 


high  $0  70. 

  75. 


.11 


00. 
25. 
75. 
50. 


Put  up  in  boxes  of  one  dozen. 


Gold  Plated, 
per  doz. 

. . .$1  40 
.  ..  1 
...  2 
...  2 


50 
00 
50 
00 
00 


INDIAN   HEAD  PATTERN. 


Extreme 
Height. 


White  Lustral, 
per  doz. 


Gold  Plated, 
per  doz. 


high  -to  70  $1 


.14- 


75.. 
00. . 
25. . 

75.  . 
50. . 


Sherwood's 


Put  up  in  boxes  of  one.  dozen. 


40 
50 
00 
50 
00 
00 


Sherwood's 


No. 

10. 
12, 
15. 


Extreme  White  Lustral,  Gold  Plated, 
Height.  per  doz.  per  doz. 

12i  in  $2  00  $4  00 

12i  "  ....  2  00   4  00 

12J      ....  3  00   6  00 


No.  15  with  hook  for  medallion  ;  Nos.  10 
and  12  without  hook. 

Put  up  in  boxes  of  one  dozen. 


156 


RUSTIC  PATTERN. 


No. 

0 

1 

2 
3 
4 

5 


Extreme 
Height. 


White  Lustral, 
per  doz. 


5  in. 

6 


high  $0  70. 

.    75. 


.13 


00. 
25. 
75. 
50. 


Gold  Plated, 
per  doz. 

. 40 
....  1 


Put  up  in  boxes  of  one  dozen. 


50 
00 
50 
00 
00 


SHEKWOOU'8 


GRECIAN  PATTERN. 


No. 

0 

1 

2 
3 
4 
5 


lOi 
12 


White  Lustral, 
per  doz. 


Extreme 
Height. 

in.  high  $0  70 

"    ....   75 


00. 
25. 
75. 
50. 


SB£SW00D'S 


Put  up  in  boxes  of  one  dozen. 


Gold  Plated, 
per  doz. 

.  ...$1  40 
. ...  1  50 
. . . .  2  00 
. . . .  2  50 
. . . .  4  00 
. . . .  5  00 


SCROLL  PATTERN. 


SHERWOOD'3 


No. 

0 

1 

2 
3 
4 
5 


Extreme 
Height. 


White  Lustral, 
per  doz. 


Gold  Plated, 
per  doz. 


4i  in.  high  $1  00  $1 


5i 
..11 


1  25. 
1  50. 

1  75. 

2  25. 

3  00. 


75 
00 
50 
00 
00 


6  00 


This  Easel  is  so  constructed  as  to  support  the 
back  of  card,  and  thus  prevent  it  from  warping, 
a  common  difficulty  with  mounted  photographs. 

Put  up  in  boxes  of  one  dozen. 


157 


CROSS  PATfEkN. 


Extreme  Gold  Plated, 

Height.  perdoz. 

0    4  in.  high  $2  50 

1    5  "    3  pO 

2    6        "    4  00 

3    1    5  00 

Put  up  in  boxes  of  one  dozen. 


SHERWOOD'S 


These  Easels  are  adapted  to  various  sizes  of  Cards,  as  follows  : 
No.  0  to     Vignettes/'  etc.,  also  3  inch  circles  and  up.    Width  at 
rests,  If  inches. 

No.  1  to  "Cartes  de  Visite,'^  etc.  ;  also  4  inch  circles  and  up. 

Width  at  rests,  inches. 
No.  2  to  "  Victoria,"  etc.  ;  also  5  inch  circles  and  up.    Width  at 

rests,  2-^  inches. 

No.  3.  to  "Cabinet,"  "  Promenade,"  etc.  ;   also  6  inch  circles 

and  up.    Width  at  rests,  3f  inches. 
No.  4  to  "Boudoir,"  etc.    Width  at  rests,  4f  inches. 
No.  5  to  "  Imperial,"  etc.    Width  at  rests,  5f  inches. 

158 


BANNERETTE  STANDS. 


Owing  to  the  peculiar  construc- 
tion of  the  Bannerette  Stands 
and  Rods,  and  Splasher  Rods, 
cord  of  attractive  color  may  be 
wound  within  the  scroll,  thus 
presenting  an  elegant  appear- 
ance and  rendering  unnecessary 
all  separate  rings  ;  besides  the 
loops  on  the  rods  stay  in  place. 


Sherwood's 


Extreme 
Height. 


SHEUWOOD'S 

Lustral, 
per  doz. 


Gold  Plated, 
per  doz . 


Gold, 
per  doz. 


Extreme 
Height. 

12  in.  high  $12  00 

14         "    14  00 

16    16  00 

18         "   18  00 

Standards  in  loose  Sockets. 


18  in.  high  $12  00.... $18  00 

Black  Enameled  and  Gilt  Bases. 

Lustral,  put  up  in  boxes  of  one  dozen. 
Gold,  put  up  in  boxes  of  one  half-dozen 


BANNERETTE  RODS.  ^""perdol^' 

6  in.  long,  shoulder  to  shoulder   $2  50 

,  .   2  88 

  3  25 

  3  62 

  4  00 

  4  38 

  4  75 

  5  12 

  5  50 

  5  88 

159 


7 

ii 
U 

8 
9 

10 

ii 

11 

a 

12 

a 

13 

14 

<i 

15 

n 

SPLASHER  RODS. 

White  Lustral,  Gold  Plated, 

per  doz.  per  doz. 

15  in.  long,  shoulder  to  shoulder.  .  .  .     $8  00 

18  "  ....  $2  50   9  00 

21                   "  "  , ...    2  75   10  00 

24                   "  ....    3  00   11  00 

27  '           "  ....    3  25   12  00 

30  '  "         ....    3  50   13  00 

33  ^'                "  "  ....    3  75    

36  "  "  "  "    4  00   


Gold  Plated, 
per  doz 


SHELL  EASELS 

^  White  Lustral, 

per  doz. 

1   $1  00  $2  00 

2   1  50   3  00 

3    2  00   4  00 


SHEBWOOD'8 


Put  up  in  boxes  of  one  dozen. 


CUP  AND  SAUCER  EASELS. 


No. 

0  For  5  in.  diameter 

1  5i 
2 
3 

Assorted  to  suit 


6 


White  Lustral, 
per  doz. 

U  90.. 

1 
1 
2 
2 


92. 
95 
00. 
00. 


Gold  Plated, 
per  doz. 

....$3  75 


00 
25 
25 


Lustral;  put  up  in  boxes  of  one  dozen. 
Gold,  put  up  in  boxes  of  one  half-dozen. 


SHERWOOD'S 


SlIEBWOOU'8 


PLATE  EASELS. 

■vr  White  Lustral,    Gold  Plated, 

per  doz.         per  doz. 

0  For  6  to  Gi  in.  diameter .  $1  65  $3  25 

1  "   7  to  7i  .  1  67   3  38 

2  ^'   8  to  8i  .  1  70   3  50 

3  9  to  9^  .  1  75   3  75 

Assorted  to  suit   1  75   3  75 

Lustral,  put  up  in  boxes  of  one  dozen. 
Gold,  put  up  in  boxes  of  one  half-dozen. 


160 


SCROLL  PLAQUE  EASELS. 


White  Lustral, 
per  doz. 

0 .  .  For  6  to  6i  in.  diam  .  .  $2  00 . 

2  50. 

3  00. 
3  50. 


7  "  7i 

8  8i 
"    9  "  9i 

10  "  lOi 


4  00. 


Gold  Plated, 
per  doz. 

.$4  00 

.  5  00 

.  6  00 

.  7  00 

.  8  00 


Lustral,  put  up  in  boxes  of  one  dozen. 
Gold,  put  up  in  boxes  of  one  half-dozen. 


Sherwood's 


GEM  CARD  HOLDERS. 

White  Lustral.  Gold  Plated. 

Per  dozen  $0  60  $2  00 

Lustral,  put  up  in  boxes  of  two  dozen. 
Gold,  put  up  in  boxes  of  one  dozen. 

Sherwood's  '  ^  ^ 


TILE  EASELS. 


shkbwood'8  Sherwood's 


White  Lustral,   Gold  Plated, 
per  doz.         per  doz. 

For  6x6,  Tile.  .$3  00. .  .  .$6  00    This  cut  shows  Tile  in'  Easel 
8  X  8,    "   ..  4  50....  9  00 


161 


PLAQUE  HANGERS  (Improved). 


WITH 
SPIRAL  SPRING 
GUARDS. 


SHEEWOOD'8 

(Showing  Hanger  in  use.) 


No. 

Capacity 
inches. 

Size  of 
Wire. 

White  Lustral, 
per  doz. 

Gold  Plated, 
per  doz. 

0 

...  6  to  7.... 

 No.  13.  .  . 

....$1  20.... 

$2  90 

1 

. . .  8       9. . . . 

....  "  13... 

  1  25.... 

,  ,  .    3  00 

2 

. ..10  "  11.... 

. ...  "  13... 

  1  50.... 

3  50 

3 

...12  13.... 

. ...  "  13... 

  1  75.... 

4  00 

4 

. . .14  "  15. . . . 

. ...  "  11... 

  2  25.... 

6  00 

5 

...16  ^'  18.... 

. ...  "  11... 

....  2  50.... 

6  50 

6 

...19  "  21.... 

. ...  "  9... 

....  4  00 ... . 

10  00 

7 

...22  "  24.... 

  "  9... 

....  5  00  

...  12  00 

Put  up  in  boxes  of  one  dozen. 


263 


